Contents
Product Basics
Wi-Fi or Wired Networking
Enabling Epson Universal Print Driver (PCL) or PostScript Printing
Loading Paper
Placing Originals on the Product
- Placing Originals on the Scanner Glass
- Placing Originals in the Automatic Document Feeder
Copying
- Copying Documents or Photos
- Copying Options
Printing from a Computer
Scanning
Faxing
Using External USB Devices with Your Product
Replacing Ink Supply Units (Ink Packs) and Maintenance Boxes
Adjusting Print Quality
Cleaning and Transporting Your Product
- Cleaning Your Product
- Transporting Your Product
Solving Problems
Technical Specifications
Notices

Epson WF-M5799 User Manual

Displayed below is the user manual for WF-M5799 by Epson which is a product in the Multifunctionals category. This manual has pages.

Related Manuals

Epson Epson M-190: 57.5mm, 5V, Standard Ribbon Manual

Epson Epson SureColor SCF7000 Manual

Epson TM-U220A Manual

Epson TM-U295 Manual

Epson TM-U220PA Manual

Epson TM-U220PA-103 Manual

Epson TM-U295P Parallel White Manual

Epson TM-C100 Manual

WF-M5799 User's Guide

Contents

WF-M5799 User's Guide............................................................................................................................ 15

Product Basics .......................................................................................................................................... 16

Using the Control Panel ..................................................................................................................... 16

Control Panel Buttons and Lights .................................................................................................. 17

Status Icon Information ............................................................................................................. 18

Changing LCD Screen Language.................................................................................................. 19

Selecting the Date and Time ......................................................................................................... 20

Selecting Your Country or Region ................................................................................................. 21

Setting a Password and Locking the Control Panel ....................................................................... 21

Entering Characters on the LCD Screen................................................................................... 23

Using Presets ................................................................................................................................ 23

Setting User Feature Restrictions (Access Control) ...................................................................... 26

Adjusting Control Panel Sounds.................................................................................................... 27

Adjusting the Screen Brightness.................................................................................................... 27

Turning Off the Operation Time Out Setting .................................................................................. 28

Preventing PC Connection via USB .............................................................................................. 29

Product Parts Locations ..................................................................................................................... 29

Product Parts - Front ..................................................................................................................... 30

Product Parts - Inside .................................................................................................................... 32

Product Parts - Back...................................................................................................................... 34

Using Power Saving Settings ............................................................................................................. 35

Changing the Sleep Timer Settings ............................................................................................... 35

Changing the Power Off Timer Settings ........................................................................................ 36

Epson Connect Solutions for Smartphones, Tablets, and More ......................................................... 36

Setting Up Epson Connect Services.............................................................................................. 37

Using Epson Email Print ............................................................................................................... 38

Using the Epson iPrint Mobile App ................................................................................................ 39

Using Epson Remote Print ........................................................................................................... 39

Using Epson Scan to Cloud........................................................................................................... 40

Using AirPrint .................................................................................................................................... 40

Using Google Cloud Print................................................................................................................... 41

Setting Up Google Cloud Print on a Chromebook .............................................................................. 42

Android Printing Using the Epson Print Enabler ................................................................................ 43

Using the Mopria Print Service .......................................................................................................... 43

Using Fire OS Printing ....................................................................................................................... 44

Using Windows 10 Mobile Printing .................................................................................................... 45

Using Epson Print and Scan App with Windows Tablets ................................................................... 45

Printing and Scanning with NFC from Your Android Device............................................................... 46

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking........................................................................................................................ 48

Network Security Recommendations ................................................................................................. 48

Wi-Fi Infrastructure Mode Setup......................................................................................................... 49

Selecting Wireless Network Settings from the Control Panel ........................................................ 50

Wi-Fi Direct Mode Setup .................................................................................................................... 52

Enabling Wi-Fi Direct Mode........................................................................................................... 52

Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)............................................................................................................. 54

Using WPS to Connect to a Network ............................................................................................. 54

Printing a Network Status Sheet......................................................................................................... 55

Configuring Email Server Settings...................................................................................................... 56

Changing or Updating Network Connections ..................................................................................... 58

Accessing the Web Config Utility................................................................................................... 58

Changing a USB Connection to a Wi-Fi Connection...................................................................... 58

Changing a Wi-Fi Connection to a Wired Network Connection...................................................... 59

Connecting to a New Wi-Fi Router ................................................................................................ 59

Disabling Wi-Fi Features ............................................................................................................... 60

Enabling Epson Universal Print Driver (PCL) or PostScript Printing.................................................... 61

Installing the Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows ....................................................................... 61

Installing the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Windows ............................................................... 65

Installing the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Mac ....................................................................... 65

Selecting PDL (Page Description Language) Settings ....................................................................... 66

PDL Print Configuration Options.................................................................................................... 67

Selecting Printer Language and Interface Settings ............................................................................ 70

Printing Language and Interface Options ...................................................................................... 71

Printing a PCL or PS3 (PostScript) Status Sheet ............................................................................... 72

Loading Paper ........................................................................................................................................... 73

Installing the Optional Paper Cassette Unit........................................................................................ 73

Enabling the Optional Paper Cassette - Windows ......................................................................... 75

Enabling the Optional Paper Cassette - Mac ................................................................................ 77

Loading Paper in the Cassette ........................................................................................................... 78

Loading Paper or Envelopes in the Rear Paper Feed Slot ................................................................ 81

Paper Loading Capacity..................................................................................................................... 84

Double-sided Printing Capacity.......................................................................................................... 87

Available Epson Papers ..................................................................................................................... 88

Paper or Media Type Settings - Printing Software.............................................................................. 89

Selecting the Paper Settings for Each Source - Control Panel ........................................................... 90

Paper Type Settings - Control Panel ............................................................................................. 91

Selecting Default Paper Settings - Administrator................................................................................ 92

Selecting the Default Printer Settings ............................................................................................ 92

Paper Source Settings Options................................................................................................. 93

Selecting the Universal Print Settings............................................................................................ 94

Universal Print Settings Options ............................................................................................... 95

Placing Originals on the Product ............................................................................................................. 96

Placing Originals on the Scanner Glass ............................................................................................. 96

Placing Originals in the Automatic Document Feeder ........................................................................ 97

Copying .................................................................................................................................................... 101

Copying Documents or Photos......................................................................................................... 101

Copying Options............................................................................................................................... 102

Printing from a Computer ....................................................................................................................... 106

Printing with the Standard Epson Printer Software - Windows ......................................................... 106

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Windows .................................................................................... 107

Paper Source Options - Windows ........................................................................................... 109

Print Quality Options - Windows ............................................................................................. 109

Multi-Page Printing Options - Windows................................................................................... 109

Selecting Double-sided Printing Settings - Windows ................................................................... 110

Double-sided Printing Options - Windows............................................................................... 113

Print Density Adjustments - Windows ..................................................................................... 113

Selecting Additional Layout and Print Options - Windows ........................................................... 114

Image Options and Additional Settings - Windows.................................................................. 115

Header/Footer Settings - Windows ......................................................................................... 116

Selecting a Printing Preset - Windows......................................................................................... 117

Selecting Extended Settings - Windows ...................................................................................... 119

Extended Settings - Windows ................................................................................................. 120

Printing Your Document or Photo - Windows............................................................................... 121

Locking Printer Settings - Windows ............................................................................................. 122

Locked Setting Options........................................................................................................... 124

Entering a User ID and Password for Printing ............................................................................. 124

Selecting Default Print Settings - Windows.................................................................................. 126

Changing the Language of the Printer Software Screens ....................................................... 127

Changing Automatic Update Options .......................................................................................... 128

Printing with the Built-in Epson Driver - Windows 10 S..................................................................... 129

Selecting Print Settings - Windows 10 S...................................................................................... 129

Printing with the Epson Standard Printer Software - Mac................................................................. 133

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Mac ........................................................................................... 134

Paper Source Options - Mac................................................................................................... 137

Print Quality Options - Mac ..................................................................................................... 137

Selecting Page Setup Settings - Mac .......................................................................................... 138

Selecting Print Layout Options - Mac........................................................................................... 139

Selecting Double-sided Printing Settings - Mac........................................................................... 139

Double-sided Printing Options and Adjustments - Mac........................................................... 141

Managing Color - Mac ................................................................................................................. 141

Color Matching - Mac.............................................................................................................. 141

Selecting Printing Preferences - Mac .......................................................................................... 142

Printing Preferences - Mac...................................................................................................... 143

Printing Your Document or Photo - Mac ...................................................................................... 143

Checking Print Status - Mac.................................................................................................... 144

Printing with the Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows................................................................. 145

Synchronizing Printer Settings - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows ................................... 145

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows .................................... 147

Selecting Additional Layout and Print Options - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows ........... 150

Selecting Maintenance Options - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows.................................. 152

Extended Settings - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows ................................................. 153

Selecting Default Print Settings - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows.................................. 154

Locking Printer Settings - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows ............................................. 156

Epson Universal Print Driver Locked Setting Options ............................................................. 157

Adding Network Printers - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows............................................. 158

Printing with the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Windows ........................................................ 161

Enabling the Optional Paper Cassettes - PostScript Printer Software - Windows ....................... 161

Selecting Basic Print Settings - PostScript Printer Software - Windows ...................................... 162

Selecting Additional Layout and Print Options - PostScript Printer Software - Windows ............. 166

Selecting Default Print Settings - PostScript Printer Software - Windows.................................... 167

Printing with the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Mac ................................................................ 168

Enabling the Optional Paper Cassettes - PostScript Printer Software - Mac ............................... 169

Selecting Basic Print Settings - PostScript Printer Software - Mac ............................................. 170

Selecting Page Setup Settings - PostScript Printer Software - Mac ............................................ 175

Selecting Print Layout Options - PostScript Printer Software - Mac............................................. 176

Sizing Printed Images - PostScript Printer Software - Mac ......................................................... 177

Managing Color - PostScript Printer Software - Mac ................................................................... 177

Printing Your Document or Photo - PostScript Printer Software - Mac ........................................ 178

Checking Print Status - PostScript Printer Software - Mac ..................................................... 179

Cancelling Printing Using a Product Button...................................................................................... 179

Scanning .................................................................................................................................................. 181

Starting a Scan................................................................................................................................. 181

Starting a Scan Using the Product Control Panel ........................................................................ 181

Scanning to a Network Folder or FTP Server.......................................................................... 183

Scanning to Email ................................................................................................................... 185

Adding and Assigning Scan Jobs with Document Capture Pro - Windows ............................. 187

Adding and Assigning Scan Jobs with Document Capture - Mac............................................ 190

Scanning to a Memory Device ................................................................................................ 190

Scanning to the Cloud............................................................................................................. 192

Scanning Using Web Services for Devices (WSD) - Windows................................................ 193

Control Panel Scanning Options............................................................................................. 194

Starting a Scan Using the Epson Scan 2 Icon ............................................................................. 196

Starting a Scan from a Scanning Program................................................................................... 198

Starting a Scan from a Smart Device........................................................................................... 200

Entering a User ID and Password for Scanning........................................................................... 200

Scanning with Document Capture or Document Capture Pro .......................................................... 201

Setting the Operation Mode on the Product Control Panel .......................................................... 202

Scanning with Document Capture Pro in Simple View - Windows............................................... 202

Scanning with Document Capture Pro in Standard View - Windows ........................................... 205

Scanning with Document Capture - Mac ..................................................................................... 208

Scanning in Epson Scan 2 ............................................................................................................... 211

Available Document Source Settings .......................................................................................... 214

Additional Scanning Settings - Main Settings Tab ....................................................................... 214

Additional Scanning Settings - Advanced Settings Tab............................................................... 215

Saving Scanned Documents as a Searchable PDF Using Epson Scan 2 ................................... 216

Image Format Options................................................................................................................. 218

Scan Resolution Guidelines ........................................................................................................ 218

Scanning Special Projects................................................................................................................ 219

Scanning to a SharePoint Server or Cloud Service - Windows.................................................... 219

Scanning to a SharePoint Server or Cloud Service - Mac ........................................................... 222

Scanning Multi-Page Originals as Separate Files - Windows ...................................................... 223

Faxing....................................................................................................................................................... 227

Connecting a Telephone or Answering Machine.............................................................................. 227

Setting Up Fax Features .................................................................................................................. 230

Setting Up Basic Fax Features .................................................................................................... 230

Using the Fax Setting Wizard.................................................................................................. 231

Selecting the Line Type........................................................................................................... 232

Setting the Number of Rings to Answer .................................................................................. 233

Selecting Advanced Fax Settings................................................................................................ 234

Send Settings - Fax................................................................................................................. 235

Receive Settings - Fax............................................................................................................ 235

Report Settings - Fax .............................................................................................................. 237

Basic Settings - Fax ................................................................................................................ 238

Security Settings - Fax............................................................................................................ 240

Setting Up the Fax Utility - Windows............................................................................................ 241

Setting Up Fax Features Using the Fax Utility - Mac ................................................................... 243

Setting Up Contacts and Contact Groups......................................................................................... 244

Setting Up Contacts Using the Product Control Panel................................................................. 245

Creating a Contact .................................................................................................................. 245

Editing or Deleting a Contact .................................................................................................. 247

Creating a Contact Group ....................................................................................................... 248

Editing or Deleting a Contact Group........................................................................................ 249

Importing Contacts Using the Fax Utility - Windows .................................................................... 251

Setting Up Speed/Group Dial Lists Using the Fax Utility - Mac.................................................... 253

Sending Faxes ................................................................................................................................. 255

Sending Faxes from the Product Control Panel........................................................................... 255

Sending a Fax Using the Keypad, Contact List, or History...................................................... 256

Fax Sending Options .............................................................................................................. 258

Sending a Fax at a Specified Time ......................................................................................... 260

Sending a Fax on Demand ..................................................................................................... 261

Sending a Stored Fax ............................................................................................................. 262

Dialing Fax Numbers from a Connected Telephone ............................................................... 263

Sending Faxes Using the Fax Utility - Windows .......................................................................... 264

Sending Faxes Using the Fax Utility - Mac .................................................................................. 267

Receiving Faxes............................................................................................................................... 270

Fax Reception ............................................................................................................................. 270

Receiving Faxes Automatically ................................................................................................... 271

Receiving Faxes Manually........................................................................................................... 271

Forwarding Received Faxes........................................................................................................ 272

Receiving a Fax by Polling .......................................................................................................... 272

Saving Faxes to an External USB Device ................................................................................... 273

Saving and Viewing Received Faxes .......................................................................................... 274

Selecting Received Fax Options Using the Fax Utility - Windows ............................................... 275

Checking Fax Status ....................................................................................................................... 278

Printing Fax Reports......................................................................................................................... 279

Fax Report Options ..................................................................................................................... 279

Using External USB Devices with Your Product................................................................................... 281

Connecting a USB Device................................................................................................................ 281

USB Device Photo File Specifications ......................................................................................... 281

Disconnecting a USB Device............................................................................................................ 282

Viewing and Printing from the LCD Screen ...................................................................................... 282

Printing JPEG Photos.................................................................................................................. 282

Printing TIFF Files ...................................................................................................................... 284

Printing PDF Files........................................................................................................................ 285

Print Setting Options - Device Mode............................................................................................ 285

Transferring Files on a USB Device ................................................................................................. 287

Setting Up File Sharing for File Transfers from Your Computer................................................... 287

Transferring Files from a USB Device to Your Computer ............................................................ 288

Replacing Ink Supply Units (Ink Packs) and Maintenance Boxes ....................................................... 289

Check Ink and Maintenance Box Status........................................................................................... 289

Checking Ink Status on the LCD Screen...................................................................................... 289

Checking Ink and Maintenance Box Status - Windows................................................................ 290

Checking Ink and Maintenance Box Status - Mac ....................................................................... 292

Purchase Epson Ink Packs and Maintenance Boxes ....................................................................... 294

Ink Supply Unit (Ink Pack) Part Numbers..................................................................................... 294

Removing and Installing Ink Packs................................................................................................... 295

Maintenance Box Replacement ....................................................................................................... 299

Adjusting Print Quality............................................................................................................................ 300

Print Head Maintenance................................................................................................................... 300

Print Head Nozzle Check............................................................................................................. 300

Checking the Nozzles Using the Product Control Panel ......................................................... 301

Checking the Nozzles Using a Computer Utility...................................................................... 302

Print Head Cleaning .................................................................................................................... 305

Cleaning the Print Head Using the Product Control Panel ...................................................... 305

Cleaning the Print Head Using a Computer Utility................................................................... 307

Enabling the Periodic Cleaning Setting................................................................................... 309

Print Head Alignment ....................................................................................................................... 310

Aligning the Print Head Using the Product Control Panel ............................................................ 310

Print Quality Adjustment................................................................................................................... 312

Adjusting the Print Quality Using the Product Control Panel........................................................ 312

Cleaning the Paper Guide ................................................................................................................ 314

Cleaning and Transporting Your Product ............................................................................................. 315

Cleaning Your Product ..................................................................................................................... 315

Transporting Your Product ............................................................................................................... 318

Solving Problems .................................................................................................................................... 323

Checking for Software Updates........................................................................................................ 323

Product Status Messages ................................................................................................................ 324

Job Status Error Codes .................................................................................................................... 326

Running a Product Check ................................................................................................................ 331

Resetting Control Panel Defaults ..................................................................................................... 332

Solving Setup Problems ................................................................................................................... 333

Product Does Not Turn On or Off................................................................................................. 333

Noise After Ink Installation ........................................................................................................... 334

Software Installation Problems .................................................................................................... 334

Solving Network Problems ............................................................................................................... 334

Product Cannot Connect to a Wireless Router or Access Point .................................................. 335

Network Software Cannot Find Product on a Network................................................................. 336

Product Does Not Appear in Mac Printer Window ....................................................................... 337

Cannot Print Over a Network....................................................................................................... 338

Cannot Scan Over a Network ...................................................................................................... 339

Solving Copying Problems ............................................................................................................... 340

Product Makes Noise, But Nothing Copies.................................................................................. 340

Product Makes Noise When It Sits for a While............................................................................. 341

Originals Do Not Feed From the Automatic Document Feeder.................................................... 341

Solving Paper Problems................................................................................................................... 342

Paper Feeding Problems............................................................................................................. 342

Paper Jams Inside the Product.................................................................................................... 343

Paper Ejection Problems ............................................................................................................. 343

Solving Problems Printing from a Computer..................................................................................... 344

Nothing Prints.............................................................................................................................. 344

Product Icon Does Not Appear in Windows Taskbar ................................................................... 345

Printing is Slow ............................................................................................................................ 346

Solving PostScript Printing Problems............................................................................................... 347

Nothing Prints Using the PostScript Printing Software................................................................. 348

Documents Print Incorrectly Using the PostScript Printing Software ........................................... 348

Accessing Printer Properties - PostScript - Windows .................................................................. 348

Solving Page Layout and Content Problems.................................................................................... 349

Inverted Image............................................................................................................................. 349

Too Many Copies Print ................................................................................................................ 350

Blank Pages Print ........................................................................................................................ 350

Incorrect Margins on Printout....................................................................................................... 351

Incorrect Characters Print............................................................................................................ 351

Incorrect Image Size or Position.................................................................................................. 352

Slanted Printout........................................................................................................................... 352

Solving Print Quality Problems......................................................................................................... 353

White or Dark Lines in Printout .................................................................................................... 353

Blurry or Smeared Printout .......................................................................................................... 354

Faint Printout or Printout Has Gaps ............................................................................................. 356

Grainy Printout............................................................................................................................. 356

Solving Scanning Problems ............................................................................................................. 357

Scanning Software Does Not Operate Correctly ......................................................................... 358

Cannot Start Epson Scan 2 ......................................................................................................... 358

Solving Scanned Image Quality Problems ....................................................................................... 359

Image Consists of a Few Dots Only............................................................................................. 359

Line of Dots Appears in All Scanned Images............................................................................... 360

Straight Lines in an Image Appear Crooked ................................................................................ 360

Image is Distorted or Blurry ......................................................................................................... 360

Image Colors are Patchy at the Edges ........................................................................................ 361

Image is Too Dark ....................................................................................................................... 361

Back of Original Image Appears in Scanned Image .................................................................... 361

Ripple Patterns Appear in an Image ............................................................................................ 362

Scanned Image Colors Do Not Match Original Colors................................................................. 362

Scanned Image Edges are Cropped ........................................................................................... 362

Solving Faxing Problems.................................................................................................................. 363

Cannot Send or Receive Faxes................................................................................................... 363

Cannot Receive Faxes with a Telephone Connected to Your Product ........................................ 365

Fax Memory Full Error Appears................................................................................................... 365

Sent Fax Quality is Poor .............................................................................................................. 366

Sent Fax is Received in an Incorrect Size ................................................................................... 367

Received Fax Quality is Poor ...................................................................................................... 367

Received Fax is Not Printed ........................................................................................................ 367

Solving USB Device Problems ......................................................................................................... 368

Cannot View or Print from a USB Device..................................................................................... 368

Cannot Save Files on a USB Device ........................................................................................... 368

Cannot Transfer Files To or From a USB Device......................................................................... 369

Uninstall Your Product Software....................................................................................................... 369

Uninstalling Product Software - Windows.................................................................................... 369

Uninstalling Product Software - Mac............................................................................................ 370

Where to Get Help............................................................................................................................ 371

Technical Specifications ........................................................................................................................ 373

Windows System Requirements ...................................................................................................... 373

Mac System Requirements .............................................................................................................. 374

Paper Specifications ........................................................................................................................ 375

Printable Area Specifications ........................................................................................................... 376

Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) Specifications .......................................................................... 377

Scanning Specifications ................................................................................................................... 378

Fax Specifications ............................................................................................................................ 378

Ink Pack Specifications .................................................................................................................... 379

Dimension Specifications ................................................................................................................. 380

Electrical Specifications ................................................................................................................... 381

Environmental Specifications ........................................................................................................... 381

Interface Specifications .................................................................................................................... 382

External USB Device Specifications................................................................................................. 382

Network Interface Specifications ...................................................................................................... 382

Safety and Approvals Specifications ................................................................................................ 384

PostScript Fonts............................................................................................................................... 384

PCL Fonts ........................................................................................................................................ 386

PCL Mode 5 Symbol Sets ................................................................................................................ 388

Notices ..................................................................................................................................................... 392

Important Safety Instructions............................................................................................................ 392

General Product Safety Instructions ............................................................................................ 392

Ink Pack Safety Instructions ........................................................................................................ 394

Wireless Connection Safety Instructions ..................................................................................... 395

LCD Screen Safety Instructions................................................................................................... 395

Telephone Equipment Safety Instructions ................................................................................... 396

FCC Compliance Statement............................................................................................................. 396

Binding Arbitration and Class Waiver ............................................................................................... 399

Trademarks...................................................................................................................................... 402

Copyright Notice............................................................................................................................... 402

libTIFF Software Acknowledgment.............................................................................................. 403

A Note Concerning Responsible Use of Copyrighted Materials................................................... 404

Default Delay Times for Power Management for Epson Products ............................................... 404

Copyright Attribution.................................................................................................................... 404

WF-M5799 User's Guide

Welcome to the WF-M5799 User's Guide.

For a printable PDF copy of this guide, click here.

Product Basics

See these sections to learn about the basic features of your product.

Note: Printing software instructions in this manual are intended for use with the standard Epson printer

software. For more information on using the Printer Command Language (PCL) or PostScript (PS3)

printer software, please see the appropriate sections.

Using the Control Panel

Product Parts Locations

Using Power Saving Settings

Epson Connect Solutions for Smartphones, Tablets, and More

Using AirPrint

Using Google Cloud Print

Setting Up Google Cloud Print on a Chromebook

Android Printing Using the Epson Print Enabler

Using the Mopria Print Service

Using Fire OS Printing

Using Windows 10 Mobile Printing

Using Epson Print and Scan App with Windows Tablets

Printing and Scanning with NFC from Your Android Device

Using the Control Panel

See these sections to learn about the control panel and select control panel settings.

Control Panel Buttons and Lights

Changing LCD Screen Language

Selecting the Date and Time

Selecting Your Country or Region

Setting a Password and Locking the Control Panel

Using Presets

Setting User Feature Restrictions (Access Control)

Adjusting Control Panel Sounds

Adjusting the Screen Brightness

Turning Off the Operation Time Out Setting

Preventing PC Connection via USB

Parent topic: Product Basics

Control Panel Buttons and Lights

1power button and power light

2 NFC (Near Field Communication) tag

3Received Fax light

4home button

5 LCD screen

6help button

7Reset button

8Interrupt button

9Paper Setting button

10 Contacts button

11 stop button

12 Job/Status button

13 Error and Data lights

14 Numeric keypad

15 C Clear button

Status Icon Information

Parent topic: Using the Control Panel

Status Icon Information

Your product displays status icons on the LCD screen for certain product status conditions. Press the

icon to view or change the current network settings.

Icons Description

Displays additional information or instructions, such as loading paper or placing a

document.

Displays the Printer Status screen.

Quiet Mode is enabled. Noise is reduced during printing, but the print speed may be

reduced. Press this icon to change the settings.

Quiet Mode is disabled. Press this icon to change the settings.

The Mute setting is enabled. The product does not make any sound when you press

buttons on the control panel.

Displays the Fax Data Information screen.

Press this icon to enable sleep mode and turn off the LCD screen.

The indicated setting has changed.

There is a problem with the indicated setting. Press the icon to resolve the problem.

No Ethernet connection.

An Ethernet connection is established.

No Wi-Fi connection.

A Wi-Fi network error has occurred or the product is searching for a connection.

Icons Description

A Wi-Fi connection is established. The number of bars indicates the connection's signal

strength.

No Wi-Fi Direct connection.

A Wi-Fi Direct connection is established.

Access to the product's functions are restricted to authorized users. Press the icon to log in

to the product using a user name and password. Contact your administrator if you do not

know the login information.

Access to the product's functions are restricted to authorized users and a user is currently

logged in. Press the icon to log out of the current user account.

Parent topic: Control Panel Buttons and Lights

Changing LCD Screen Language

You can change the language used on the LCD screen.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >Basic Settings >Language.

You see a screen like this:

3. Select a language.

Parent topic: Using the Control Panel

Selecting the Date and Time

Before faxing, select the current date, time, and daylight saving phase in your area, and choose your

preferred date and time format.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >Basic Settings >Date/Time Settings.

You see a screen like this:

3. Select Daylight Saving Time.

4. Select the setting that applies to your area:

•Winter: it is winter or your region does not use Daylight Saving Time (DST)

•Summer: it is spring or summer and your region uses Daylight Saving Time (DST)

Note: If your region uses Daylight Saving Time (DST), you must change this setting to match the

season. When you change from Winter to Summer, your product automatically sets its clock ahead

one hour. When you change from Summer to Winter, it sets its clock back one hour.

5. Select Date/Time.

6. Select the date format you want to use.

7. Use the numeric keypad to enter the current date.

8. Select the time format you want to use.

9. Use the numeric keypad to enter the current time.

Parent topic: Using the Control Panel

Selecting Your Country or Region

Before using your product, select the country or region in which you are using your product.

Note: If you change the country or region, your fax settings return to their defaults and you must select

them again. This setting can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access or change this setting,

contact your administrator for assistance.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings.

3. Select General Settings >Basic Settings.

4. Scroll down and select Country/Region.

5. Scroll up or down, if necessary, and select your country or region.

You see a confirmation screen about returning your fax settings to their defaults.

6. If the setting is correct, select Yes. (If not, select No.)

Parent topic: Using the Control Panel

Setting a Password and Locking the Control Panel

You can set an administrator password to lock the following settings and prevent them from being

changed:

• Certain Basic Settings and Printer Settings

• System Administration Settings

• Presets

• Contacts

• Network Settings

• Web Service Settings

• Scan Settings

• Fax Settings

Note: For more information on administration settings, see the Administrator's Guide.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >System Administration >Security Settings >Admin

Settings >Admin Password >Register.

You see a screen like this:

3. Use the displayed keyboard to enter a password, then select OK.

4. Enter your password again to confirm, then select OK.

5. Select OK.

6. Select Lock Setting and select On.

When the control panel is locked, you must enter the password to access any of the locked settings.

Note: If you forget your password, contact Epson for assistance.

Entering Characters on the LCD Screen

Parent topic: Using the Control Panel

Related tasks

Setting User Feature Restrictions (Access Control)

Entering Characters on the LCD Screen

Follow these guidelines to enter characters for passwords and other settings.

• To move the cursor, select the left or right arrows.

• To change the case of letters, select .

• To delete the previous character, select .

• To enter numbers or symbols, select 123#.

• To enter a space, select Space.

Parent topic: Setting a Password and Locking the Control Panel

Using Presets

You can save frequently used copy, fax, and scan settings as presets. This lets you easily reuse them

whenever necessary.

Note: This setting can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access this setting, contact your

administrator for assistance.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Presets.

You see a screen like this:

3. Select Add New.

4. Select the function for which you want to set up a preset, such as Copy.

You see the main screen for that function:

5. Select the settings you want to save and select Register.

You see a screen like this:

6. Select Name.

You see a screen like this:

7. Use the displayed keyboard to enter a name for the preset and select OK.

8. Select OK.

When you copy, fax, or scan, you can use the preset by selecting Presets and selecting your preset

name from the list.

Parent topic: Using the Control Panel

Related tasks

Entering Characters on the LCD Screen

Setting User Feature Restrictions (Access Control)

Using Web Config Access Control settings, you can restrict access to product features for individual

users to prevent misuse of the product. Restricted features require the user to enter an ID and password

on the product control panel.

After you set up feature restrictions, you must enable them using the product control panel.

Note: For more information on administration settings, see the Administrator's Guide.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >System Administration >Security Settings >Access

Control.

You see a screen like this:

3. Select the Access Control field to turn the setting on.

4. If you want to allow users to print from generic drivers or use WSD scanning, select the Accept

Unknown User Jobs field to turn the setting on.

5. Press the home button to exit.

Parent topic: Using the Control Panel

Related tasks

Setting a Password and Locking the Control Panel

Entering a User ID and Password for Printing

Entering a User ID and Password for Scanning

Adjusting Control Panel Sounds

You can adjust the sound level heard when you press buttons on the control panel.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >Basic Settings >Sound.

You see a screen like this:

3. Do one of the following:

• To mute all control panel sounds, turn the Mute setting off.

• To select a specific sound level, select Normal Mode or Quiet Mode.

Note: Press the icon on the home screen to switch between Normal Mode and Quiet Mode.

4. If you did not mute the sounds, select Button Press to adjust the volume level.

5. Press to decrease or to increase the volume.

6. Select OK to exit.

Note: You can also adjust the Sound Type and the sound level for various product functions.

Parent topic: Using the Control Panel

Adjusting the Screen Brightness

You can adjust the brightness of the LCD screen.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >Basic Settings >LCD Brightness.

You see a screen like this:

3. Press the –or +icons to decrease or increase the brightness.

4. Select OK to exit.

Parent topic: Using the Control Panel

Turning Off the Operation Time Out Setting

The Operation Time Out setting causes the LCD screen to return to the Home screen after a few minutes

of inactivity. This feature is enabled by default, but you can turn it off.

Note: This setting can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access this setting, contact your

administrator for assistance.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >Basic Settings >Operation Time Out.

3. Select Off.

Parent topic: Using the Control Panel

Preventing PC Connection via USB

You can disable access to your product from a USB-connected computer. This restricts non-network

access to the product and protects the security of confidential scanned documents.

Note: This setting can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access this setting, contact your

administrator for assistance.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >Printer Settings >PC Connection via USB.

You see a screen like this:

3. Select Disable.

4. Do one of the following:

• Select Yes to restart the product.

• Select No or Close to return to the Printer Settings screen without restarting the product.

Note: The change will not take effect until the product is restarted.

Parent topic: Using the Control Panel

Product Parts Locations

See these sections to identify the parts on your product.

Product Parts - Front

Product Parts - Inside

Product Parts - Back

Parent topic: Product Basics

Product Parts - Front

Certain parts are labeled with a letter and number code. If you encounter any paper jams or errors, you

can use these codes to locate and correct the problem.

1 Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) cover (F)

2 ADF edge guides

3 ADF input tray

4 ADF output tray

5 Paper cassette 1 (C1)

6 Optional cassette 2 (C2)

1 Rear paper feed edge guides

2 Paper support and extension

3 Feeder guard

4 Rear paper feed slot (B)

5 Output tray

6 Paper cassette edge guides

7 Paper cassette

Parent topic: Product Parts Locations

Product Parts - Inside

Certain parts are labeled with a letter and number code. If you encounter any paper jams or errors, use

these codes to locate and correct the problem.

1 Document cover

2 Scanner glass

3 Control panel

4 USB Type A port for external devices

1 Scanner unit (J)

2 Print head

3 Ink pack tray

4 Front cover (A)

5 Front cover lock

Parent topic: Product Parts Locations

Product Parts - Back

Certain parts are labeled with a letter and number code. If you encounter any paper jams or errors, use

these codes to locate and correct the problem.

1LAN port

2USB port

3 Service USB port for future use (do not remove sticker)

4Line port

5EXT port

6 AC inlet

7 Rear cover (D)

8 Paper cassette rear cover (E)

9 Maintenance box cover (H)

Parent topic: Product Parts Locations

Using Power Saving Settings

Your product enters sleep mode automatically and turns off the LCD screen if it is not used for a period

of time. You can make the time period shorter and select other options to save energy and resources.

Changing the Sleep Timer Settings

Changing the Power Off Timer Settings

Parent topic: Product Basics

Changing the Sleep Timer Settings

You can adjust the time period before your product enters sleep mode and turns off the LCD screen.

Note: This setting can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access this setting, contact your

administrator for assistance.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >Basic Settings >Sleep Timer.

You see a screen like this:

3. Do one of the following:

• Select the –or +icon to decrease or increase the number of minutes.

• Select the number of minutes on the LCD screen, select the number of minutes from the on-

screen keypad, and select OK.

4. Select OK.

Parent topic: Using Power Saving Settings

Changing the Power Off Timer Settings

You can have the product turn off automatically if it is not used for a specified period of time.

Note: This setting can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access this setting, contact your

administrator for assistance.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >Basic Settings >Power Off Timer.

You see a screen like this:

3. Select a time period between 30minutes and 12h (12 hours).

Parent topic: Using Power Saving Settings

Epson Connect Solutions for Smartphones, Tablets, and More

Use your smartphone, tablet, or computer to print and scan documents, photos, emails, and web pages

from your home, office, or even across the globe.

Note: If you are using your Epson product with the Windows 10 S operating system, you cannot use the

software described in this section. You also cannot download and install any Epson product software

from the Epson website for use with Windows 10 S; you must obtain software only from the Windows

Store.

Print from anywhere with these Epson Connect solutions:

• Epson Email Print

• Epson iPrint Mobile App

• Epson Remote Print

Scan and send a file as an email or upload it to an online service directly from your Epson product with

Epson Scan to Cloud or the Epson iPrint Mobile App.

Setting Up Epson Connect Services

Using Epson Email Print

Using the Epson iPrint Mobile App

Using Epson Remote Print

Using Epson Scan to Cloud

Parent topic: Product Basics

Setting Up Epson Connect Services

If you did not activate your product's email address for use with Epson Connect when you set up your

product, you can activate it using the product control panel.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings.

3. Select General Settings.

You see a screen like this:

4. Select Web Service Settings.

5. Select Epson Connect Services

You see a screen like this:

6. Select Register.

7. Follow the instructions on the screen to activate your product's email address.

Parent topic: Epson Connect Solutions for Smartphones, Tablets, and More

Using Epson Email Print

With Epson Email Print, you can print from any device that can send email, such as your smartphone,

tablet, or laptop. Just activate your product's unique email address. When you want to print, attach a

PDF, Microsoft Office document, or photo to an email and send it to your product. Both the email and the

attachments will print automatically.

1. Connect your product to your network. See the link below.

2. If you did not already set up Email Print when you installed your product software, see the link below

to use your product control panel to activate your unique email address. Or visit epson.com/connect

(U.S), epson.ca/connect (Canada), or epsonconnect.com (Caribbean) to learn more about Email

Print, create your Epson Connect account, and register your product to the Epson Connect service.

3. Now you are ready to send and print emails to your product's Email Print address.

Note: Go to epsonconnect.com and log into your Epson Connect account to personalize your product's

email, adjust print settings, and set up other Epson Connect services.

Parent topic: Epson Connect Solutions for Smartphones, Tablets, and More

Related tasks

Setting Up Epson Connect Services

Related topics

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Using the Epson iPrint Mobile App

Use this free Apple and Android app to print and scan with networked Epson products. Epson iPrint lets

you print PDFs, Microsoft Office documents, photos, and web pages over a wireless network. You can

scan and save a file on your device, send it as an email, or upload it to an online service such as Box,

Dropbox, Evernote, or Google Drive.

1. Connect your product to your wireless network. See the link below.

2. Visit epson.com/connect (U.S), epson.ca/connect (Canada), or epson.com.jm/connect (Caribbean)

to learn more about Epson iPrint and check the compatibility of your mobile device.

3. Download Epson iPrint from the Apple App Store or Google Play.

4. Connect your mobile device to the same wireless network as your product.

5. Open Epson iPrint and select your Epson product.

Now you are ready to print or scan with your mobile device and your Epson product.

Parent topic: Epson Connect Solutions for Smartphones, Tablets, and More

Related topics

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Using Epson Remote Print

With Epson Remote Print software, you can print from your laptop or desktop computer to an Epson

Email-enabled product anywhere in the world.

1. Connect your Epson product to your wireless network. See the link below.

2. If you did not already set up an Epson Connect account when you installed your product software,

visit epsonconnect.com to create your account and register your product to the Epson Connect

service.

Note: Make a note of your product's email address.

3. Visit epsonconnect.com to learn more about Remote Print and how to download the Remote Print

Driver software.

4. Download and install the Remote Print software.

5. Enter the email address and optional access key of your Epson product during Remote Print setup.

6. Now you are ready to print remotely. Select the print command in your laptop or desktop computer

application and choose the Remote Print option for your Epson product.

Parent topic: Epson Connect Solutions for Smartphones, Tablets, and More

Related topics

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Using Epson Scan to Cloud

The Epson Scan to Cloud service allows you to scan and send a file as an email or upload it to an online

service directly from your Epson product. Register an email address or online services such as Box,

DropBox, Evernote, or Google Drive with your Epson Connect account.

1. Connect your Epson product to your network. See the link below.

2. If you did not already set up an Epson Connect account when you installed your product software,

visit epsonconnect.com to create your account and register your product to the Epson Connect

service.

Note: Make a note of your product's email address and password.

3. Visit epsonconnect.com to sign into your account with the email address and password you

selected.

4. Select your product, select Scan to Cloud, and select Destination List.

5. Click Add, then follow the instructions on the screen to create your destination list.

6. Now you are ready to use Scan to Cloud. Select the setting for scanning to Scan to Cloud on your

Epson product control panel.

Parent topic: Epson Connect Solutions for Smartphones, Tablets, and More

Related topics

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Using AirPrint

AirPrint enables instant wireless printing from iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch with the latest version of

iOS, and Mac with the latest version of OS X or macOS.

Note: If you disabled paper configuration messages on your product control panel, you cannot use

AirPrint. See the link below to enable the messages, if necessary.

1. Load paper in your product.

2. Set up your product for wireless printing. See the link below.

3. Connect your Apple device to the same wireless network that your product is using.

4. Print from your device to your product.

Note: For details, see the AirPrint page on the Apple website.

Parent topic: Product Basics

Related topics

Selecting Default Paper Settings - Administrator

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Using Google Cloud Print

With a Google Account, you can print from your Apple or Android device to your Epson product. You can

also print from Chromebooks and the Google Chrome browser without drivers or cables.

1. Connect your Epson product to your wireless network. See the link below.

2. Note your product's IP address by checking your network status. See the link below.

3. Connect your computer or your Apple or Android device to the same wireless network as your Epson

product.

4. Enter your product's IP address into the address bar of a web browser.

5. Select the Google Cloud Print Services option.

Note: If you don't see the Google Cloud Print Services option, turn your product off and back on. If

the option still doesn't appear, select the Firmware Update option and follow the on-screen

instructions to update your product.

6. Click Register.

7. Select the checkbox to agree to the Usage Advisory and click Next.

8. Click OK to launch the sign-in page.

A separate browser window opens.

9. Enter your Google Account username and password and click Sign in, or, if you don't have an

account, click Sign up for a new Google Account and follow the on-screen instructions.

10. Click Finish printer registration to complete setup and print a test page.

Your product is now linked to your Google Account and can be accessed from any Chromebook,

computer, Apple or Android device with Internet access. Visit Epson Support for Google Cloud Print

(U.S) or Epson Support for Google Cloud Print (Canada) for more information on using Google Cloud

Print, or the Google Cloud Print website for a list of supported apps.

Parent topic: Product Basics

Related topics

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Setting Up Google Cloud Print on a Chromebook

With a Google Account, you can print from a Chromebook without drivers or cables.

1. Connect your Epson product to your wireless network. See the link below.

2. Turn on your Chromebook and connect it to the same wireless network as your product.

Note: See your Chromebook's documentation for details on connecting to a network.

3. Do one of the following:

• Click Add to Cloud Print in the notification that appears in the corner of your Chromebook

screen.

Note: If you do not see a notification, check to see if a number appears in the status area at the

lower-right corner of the screen. Click this number to open the notifications menu, then click Add

to Cloud Print.

• Open a web browser and enter chrome://devices in the address bar. Skip to step 5.

• If you see a registration confirmation screen instead, click Register.

4. Click Add Device.

5. Click the Register button that appears next to your product.

6. Click Register on the confirmation screen. Your product's LCD screen displays a confirmation

message.

7. Select OK or press the OK button on your product to confirm the Google Cloud Print connection and

print a test page.

Your product is now linked to your Google Account and can be accessed from any Chromebook, iPhone,

or Android phone with Internet access. Visit Epson Support for Google Cloud Print (U.S) or Epson

Support for Google Cloud Print (Canada) for more information on using Google Cloud Print, or the

Google Cloud Print website for a list of supported apps.

Parent topic: Product Basics

Related topics

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Android Printing Using the Epson Print Enabler

You can wirelessly print your documents, emails, photos, and web pages right from your Android phone

or tablet (Android v4.4 or later). With a few taps, your Android device will discover your nearby Epson

product and print.

1. Connect your Epson product to your wireless network. See the link below.

2. On your Android device, download the Epson Print Enabler plug-in from Google Play.

3. Go to Settings on your Android device, select Printing, and enable the Epson plug-in.

4. Connect your Android device to the same wireless network as your product.

5. Now you are ready to print. From an Android application such as Chrome or Gmail, tap the menu

icon and print whatever is on the screen.

Note: If you do not see your product, tap All Printers and select your product.

Parent topic: Product Basics

Related topics

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Using the Mopria Print Service

You can use the Mopria Print Service to print from your Android phone or tablet (Android v4.4 or later) to

your Epson product or any Mopria-certified product from other manufacturers. You can download the

Mopria Print Service from Google Play.

Note: For details on the Mopria Print Service, click here (U.S) or click here (Canada).

1. Connect your Epson product to your wireless network. See the link below.

2. On your Android device, download the Mopria Print Service from Google Play.

Note: On some Samsung Galaxy devices, Mopria may come preinstalled.

3. Go to Settings on your Android device, select Printing, and enable the Mopria Print Service.

4. Connect your Android device to the same wireless network as your product.

5. Now you are ready to print. From an Android application such as Chrome or Gmail, tap the menu

icon and select Print. Then select All printers, select your Epson product, adjust your print settings,

and print.

Parent topic: Product Basics

Related topics

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Using Fire OS Printing

You can wirelessly print from Amazon Fire tablets and phones to your nearby networked Epson product.

There is no software to download, no drivers to install, and no cables to connect. With just a few taps in

Email, Calendar, Contacts, and WPS Office, you can send whatever is on the screen to an Epson

product.

1. Connect your Epson product to your wireless network. See the link below.

2. Connect your Amazon device to the same wireless network as your product.

3. Now you are ready to print. From your Amazon application, tap the print option and select your

product to print whatever is on the screen.

Note: If you see a message telling you that a plug-in is required, tap OK and tap Download. If your

Amazon Fire product uses Fire OS 5 and above, your device automatically uses the built-in Mopria

Print Service app to print.

Visit epson.com/connect (U.S), epson.ca/connect (Canada), or epson.com.jm/connect (Caribbean) to

learn more about Fire OS Printing (one of many Epson Connect Partner Solutions) and check the

compatibility of your mobile device.

Parent topic: Product Basics

Related topics

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Using Windows 10 Mobile Printing

You can wirelessly print from Windows 10 Mobile tablets and phones to your nearby networked Epson

product. There is no software to download, no drivers to install, and no cables to connect. Look for the

print option in your Windows 10 application to send whatever is on the screen to an Epson product.

1. Connect your Epson product to your wireless network. See the link below.

2. Connect your Windows 10 Mobile device to the same wireless network as your product.

3. Now you are ready to print. From your Windows 10 application, tap the print option and select your

product to print whatever is on the screen.

Visit epson.com/connect (U.S), epson.ca/connect (Canada), or epson.com.jm/connect (Caribbean) to

learn more about Windows 10 Mobile Printing (one of many Epson Connect Partner Solutions) and

check the compatibility of your mobile device.

Parent topic: Product Basics

Related topics

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Using Epson Print and Scan App with Windows Tablets

You can use this free app to print photos and scan from your Windows (Windows 8 or higher) Surface

RT or Pro tablet with networked Epson products. Epson Print and Scan App allows you to scan and

capture images right to your tablet or to Microsoft OneDrive.

Note: The Epson Print and Scan App does not support Windows 10 Mobile printing.

1. Connect your Epson product to your wireless network. See the link below.

2. Download Epson Print and Scan App from the Microsoft Windows Store.

3. Connect your Windows tablet to the same wireless network as your product.

4. Open Epson Print and Scan App and select your Epson product.

Now you are ready to print photos or scan.

Visit epson.com/connect (U.S), epson.ca/connect (Canada), or epson.com.jm/connect (Caribbean) to

learn more about Epson Print and Scan App.

Parent topic: Product Basics

Related topics

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Printing and Scanning with NFC from Your Android Device

You can easily connect your Android 4.0 or later device to your product using NFC (Near Field

Communication). Once connected, you can print and scan using Epson iPrint.

1. Make sure Epson iPrint is installed on your Android device.

2. Make sure Simple AP mode or Wi-Fi Direct is enabled on your product and that you are using the

default Wi-Fi Direct password.

Note: NFC printing and scanning will not work if you changed the default Wi-Fi Direct password.

3. Do one of the following:

• If you are going to print, make sure paper is loaded in the product.

• If you are going to scan, place your original on the product for scanning.

4. Touch the NFC antenna of your Android device to the NFC tag on your product.

Note: The location of your mobile device's NFC antenna varies. See your mobile device

documentation for details.

Epson iPrint opens on your device.

Note: If you do not have Epson iPrint installed, the app store page for the Epson iPrint app opens on

your device. Install Epson iPrint and repeat this step.

5. Touch the NFC antenna of your Android device to the product NFC tag on your product again.

The product and Android device connect.

Note: If the Android device and product disconnect, try to print or scan a document. The Android

device and product should reconnect automatically.

6. If you are going to print, open the file you want to print in Epson iPrint.

7. Touch the NFC antenna of your Android device to the NFC tag on your product to start printing or

scanning.

Parent topic: Product Basics

Related tasks

Using the Epson iPrint Mobile App

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

See these sections to use your product on a Wi-Fi or wired network.

Network Security Recommendations

Wi-Fi Infrastructure Mode Setup

Wi-Fi Direct Mode Setup

Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)

Printing a Network Status Sheet

Configuring Email Server Settings

Changing or Updating Network Connections

Network Security Recommendations

To help deter unauthorized access to your product over a network, you should protect your network

environment using appropriate security measures.

Security measures such as these can help deter threats such as loss of user data, use of telephone and

fax lines, and other intrusions:

•Enable security on your wireless LAN

Enable the appropriate security on the wireless LAN you plan to use with your product. Network

security such as a network password can deter interception of traffic over the wireless LAN. Your

router may already have a default password enabled by your Internet service provider (ISP). See your

ISP and router documentation for instructions on how to change the default password and better

secure your network.

•Connect your product only to a network protected by a firewall

Connecting your product directly to the Internet may leave it vulnerable to security threats. Instead,

connect it to a router or other network connection protected by a firewall. Your router may already

have a firewall set up by your Internet service provider; check with your ISP for confirmation. For best

results, set up and use a private IP address for your network connection.

•Change the default administrator password on your product

If your product has an option to set an administrator password, change the default administrator

password to deter access by unauthorized users to personal data stored on your product, such as IDs,

passwords, and contact lists.

Parent topic: Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Wi-Fi Infrastructure Mode Setup

You can set up your product to communicate with your computer using a wireless router or access point.

The wireless router or access point can be connected to your computer over a wireless or wired network.

1 Epson product

2 Wireless router or access point

3 Computer with a wireless interface

4 Computer

5 Internet

6 Ethernet cable (used only for wired connection to the wireless router or access point)

Selecting Wireless Network Settings from the Control Panel

Parent topic: Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Selecting Wireless Network Settings from the Control Panel

You can select or change wireless network settings using your product control panel.

To install your product on a wireless network, follow the instructions on the Start Here sheet and install

the necessary software by downloading it from the Epson website. The installer program guides you

through network setup.

Note: Breakdown or repair of this product may cause loss of fax and network data and settings. Epson is

not responsible for backing up or recovering data and settings during or after the warranty period. We

recommend that you make your own backup or print out your fax and network data and settings.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Press the icon.

You see a screen like this:

3. Select Router.

4. Select Start Setup or Change Settings.

5. Select Wi-Fi Setup Wizard.

6. Select the name of your wireless network or select Enter Manually to enter the name manually. Use

the displayed keypad to enter your network name.

7. Select the Password field and enter your wireless password using the displayed keypad.

Note: The network name and password are case sensitive. Be sure to correctly enter uppercase and

lowercase letters, and numeric or special characters.

• To move the cursor, select the left or right arrows.

• To change the case of letters, select .

• To delete the previous character, select .

• To enter numbers and symbols, select .

• To enter a space, select Space.

8. Select OK when you finish entering your password.

9. Confirm the displayed network settings and select Start Setup to save them.

10. If you want to print a network setup report, select Print Check Report. (Otherwise, select OK.)

11. Press the home button to exit.

You see the icon on the LCD screen and should be able to connect to your product directly from

your computer or device, and then print. If you are printing from a computer, make sure you installed

the network software as described on the Start Here sheet.

Note: If you don't see the icon, you may have selected the wrong network name or entered the

password incorrectly. Repeat these steps to try again.

Parent topic: Wi-Fi Infrastructure Mode Setup

Related references

Status Icon Information

Related tasks

Entering Characters on the LCD Screen

Wi-Fi Direct Mode Setup

You can set up your product to communicate directly with your computer or another device without

requiring a wireless router or access point. In Wi-Fi Direct Mode, the product itself acts as a network

access point for up to 4 devices.

1 Epson product

2 Computer with a wireless interface

3 Other wireless device

Enabling Wi-Fi Direct Mode

Parent topic: Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Enabling Wi-Fi Direct Mode

You can enable Wi-Fi Direct mode to allow direct communication between your product and computer or

other devices without a wireless router or access point.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Press the icon.

You see a screen like this:

3. Select Wi-Fi Direct.

4. Select Start Setup twice.

You see a screen like this:

5. Use your computer or wireless device to select the Wi-Fi network name (SSID) displayed on the

LCD screen, then enter the password shown.

6. Press the home button to exit.

You see the icon on the LCD screen and should be able to connect to your product directly from

your computer or device, and then print. If you are printing from a computer, make sure you installed

the network software as described on the Start Here sheet.

Note: If you don't see the icon on the LCD screen, you may have selected the wrong network

name or entered the password incorrectly. Repeat these steps to try again.

Parent topic: Wi-Fi Direct Mode Setup

Related references

Status Icon Information

Related tasks

Entering Characters on the LCD Screen

Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)

If your network uses a WPS-enabled wireless router or access point, you can quickly connect your

product to the network using Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS).

Note: To check if your router is WPS-enabled, look for a button labeled WPS on your router or access

point. If there is no hardware button, there may be a virtual WPS button in the software for the device.

Check your network product documentation for details.

Using WPS to Connect to a Network

Parent topic: Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Using WPS to Connect to a Network

If you have a WPS-enabled wireless router or access point, you can use Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) to

connect your product to the network.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Press the icon.

You see a screen like this:

3. Select Router.

4. Select Push Button Setup (WPS).

5. Follow the instructions on the LCD screen to complete WPS setup.

6. Press the home button to exit.

You see the icon on the LCD screen and should be able to connect to your product directly from

your computer or device, and then print. If you are printing from a computer, make sure you installed

the network software as described on the Start Here sheet.

Note: If you don't see the icon, repeat these steps to try again.

Parent topic: Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)

Printing a Network Status Sheet

You can print a network status sheet to help you determine the causes of any problems you may have

using your product on a network.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings.

3. Select General Settings.

You see a screen like this:

4. Select Network Settings >Network Status >Print Status Sheet.

5. Select Print to print the sheet.

Examine the settings shown on the network status sheet to diagnose any problems you may have.

Parent topic: Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Configuring Email Server Settings

To use features such as scanning to email or forwarding faxes to email, you need to configure the email

server. You can select settings for the email server using the control panel on the product.

Note: These settings can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access these settings, contact

your administrator for assistance.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings.

3. Select General Settings >Network Settings.

You see a screen like this:

4. Scroll down and select Advanced.

5. Select Email Server >Server Settings.

You see a screen like this:

6. Select one of the options shown above, then select the settings you want to use. Contact your

internet service provider if necessary to confirm the authentication method for the email server.

7. Select Proceed to save your settings.

8. Select Close to exit.

9. Select Connection Check to verify the connection to the email server.

Parent topic: Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Related tasks

Scanning to Email

Forwarding Received Faxes

Changing or Updating Network Connections

See these sections to change or update how your product connects to a network.

Accessing the Web Config Utility

Changing a USB Connection to a Wi-Fi Connection

Changing a Wi-Fi Connection to a Wired Network Connection

Connecting to a New Wi-Fi Router

Disabling Wi-Fi Features

Parent topic: Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Accessing the Web Config Utility

You can select your product's network settings and confirm its operating status using a web browser.

You do this by accessing your product's built-in Web Config utility from a computer or other device that is

connected to the same network as your product.

Note: For more information on administration settings, see the Administrator's Guide.

1. Print a network status sheet.

2. Locate the IP address for your product that is listed on the network status sheet.

3. On a computer or other device connected to the same network as your product, open a web

browser.

4. Enter your product's IP address into the address bar.

You see the available Web Config utility options.

Parent topic: Changing or Updating Network Connections

Changing a USB Connection to a Wi-Fi Connection

If you have already connected your product to your computer using a USB connection, you can change

to a Wi-Fi connection.

1. Disconnect the USB cable from your product.

2. Uninstall your product software.

3. Download and install your product software from the Epson website using the instructions on the

Start Here sheet.

Parent topic: Changing or Updating Network Connections

Changing a Wi-Fi Connection to a Wired Network Connection

If you have already connected your product to your computer wirelessly, you can change to a wired

network connection if necessary.

1. Disable your product's Wi-Fi features.

2. Connect one end of an Ethernet network cable to the product's LAN port.

3. Connect the other end to any available LAN port on your router or access point.

4. Uninstall your product software.

5. Download and install your product software from the Epson website.

6. Follow the on-screen instructions to install the software.

7. When you see the Select Your Connection screen, select Wired network connection.

8. If you see a Select Setup Option screen, select Set up printer for the first time.

9. Continue following the rest of the on-screen instructions.

Parent topic: Changing or Updating Network Connections

Related tasks

Disabling Wi-Fi Features

Connecting to a New Wi-Fi Router

If you change the wireless router you have been using on your network, you need to update your

product's Wi-Fi connection to the new router.

Note: If you switch to a 5 GHz wireless router, set the router to operate in dual band (2.4 GHz and

5 GHz) mode. See your router documentation for instructions.

1. Do one of the following:

•Windows: Uninstall your product software.

•Mac: Go to the next step.

2. Download and install your product software from the Epson website using the instructions on the

Start Here sheet.

Parent topic: Changing or Updating Network Connections

Related concepts

Uninstall Your Product Software

Disabling Wi-Fi Features

You may need to disable your product's Wi-Fi features if you change your network connection type or

need to solve a problem with your network connection.

Note: Before disabling Wi-Fi features, make a note of your product's SSID (network name) and

password, and any network settings selected for the Epson Connect services you may use.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Press the icon.

You see a screen like this:

3. Select Router >Change Settings >Others >Disable Wi-Fi.

4. Select Yes to disable Wi-Fi.

Parent topic: Changing or Updating Network Connections

Enabling Epson Universal Print Driver (PCL) or PostScript

Printing

Before enabling Epson Universal Print Driver (PCL) or PostScript printing on your product, make sure

you have installed the software as described on the Start Here sheet.

To download the Epson Universal Print Driver or PostScript drivers, visit epson.com/support (U.S.),

epson.ca/support (Canada), or epson.com.jm/support (Caribbean) and select your product.

Installing the Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Installing the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Windows

Installing the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Mac

Selecting PDL (Page Description Language) Settings

Selecting Printer Language and Interface Settings

Printing a PCL or PS3 (PostScript) Status Sheet

Installing the Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

The Epson Universal Print Driver supports multiple printer languages, such as PCL and ESC/P-R, and

can be installed on a Windows computer.

Note: Make sure your product is turned on and connected to the same network as your computer before

installing the printer software. Depending on your model, not all printer languages may be supported.

1. To download the EPSON Universal Print Driver file, visit epson.com/support (U.S.),

epson.ca/support (Canada), or epson.com.jm/support (Caribbean) and select your product.

2. Double-click the downloaded package.

3. Follow the on-screen instructions until you see this screen:

4. Select Yes: Network connection and click OK.

Note: Select the Set Default of Printer Control Language to PCL6 checkbox if you want to set the

default printer language to PCL6. Leave this option deselected to set the printer language to ESC/P-

R. (You can change this setting later as needed.)

After the software finishes searching for products, you see a screen like this:

5. Do one of the following:

• If you are installing one product, make sure Add EPSON Universal Print Driver is selected and

continue with the next step.

• If you are installing more than one product, select Add found printers and go to step 9.

Note: You can customize and filter your product search results by clicking Display Settings.

6. Open the Select a port to connect a printer menu and select an existing printer port, if necessary.

Otherwise, skip this option to create a new port automatically.

7. Select the product you want to install from the Found Printers list.

Note: Deselect the Set as default printer checkbox if you do not want the product to be set as your

default printer.

8. Click OK, then skip the remaining steps.

9. If you are installing more than one product, select the products from the Found Printers list and click

Add to Printer Folder.

The selected products appear in the lower section of the screen.

10. Select the checkbox next to the product you want to make your default printer, if necessary.

11. Click OK.

Parent topic: Enabling Epson Universal Print Driver (PCL) or PostScript Printing

Installing the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Windows

If you did not install the standard Epson printer software or Epson Universal Print Driver, you need to

install the PostScript (PS3) printer software before you can adjust the print settings and print to your

network printer.

Note: Make sure your product is turned on and connected to the same network as your computer before

installing the printer software.

1. To download the Drivers and Utilities Combo Package - PS3 PostScript file, visit

epson.com/support (U.S.), epson.ca/support (Canada), or epson.com.jm/support (Caribbean) and

select your product.

2. Double-click the downloaded package.

3. Click OK.

4. Click Accept.

5. Click Install.

6. Click Next and follow the on-screen instructions.

Parent topic: Enabling Epson Universal Print Driver (PCL) or PostScript Printing

Installing the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Mac

If you did not install the standard Epson printer software, you need to install the PostScript (PS3) printer

software before you can adjust the print settings and print to your network printer.

Note: Make sure your product is turned on and connected to the same network as your computer before

installing the printer software.

1. To download the Drivers and Utilities Combo Package - PS3 PostScript file, visit

epson.com/support (U.S.), epson.ca/support (Canada), or epson.com.jm/support (Caribbean) and

select your product.

2. Double-click the downloaded package.

3. Double-click EPSON.

4. Click Continue on the next two screens.

5. Click Agree.

6. Click Install.

7. If necessary, enter the administrator password.

8. Click Start and follow the on-screen instructions.

Parent topic: Enabling Epson Universal Print Driver (PCL) or PostScript Printing

Selecting PDL (Page Description Language) Settings

You can select settings for PCL and PostScript printing using the control panel on the product.

Note: These settings can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access these settings, contact

your administrator for assistance.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings.

3. Select General Settings.

You see a screen like this:

4. Select Printer Settings.

You see a screen like this:

5. Select PDL Print Configuration.

You see a screen like this:

6. Select one of the options shown above, then select the PDL print configuration options you want to

use.

7. When you are finished, press the home button to exit.

PDL Print Configuration Options

Parent topic: Enabling Epson Universal Print Driver (PCL) or PostScript Printing

PDL Print Configuration Options

Select the PDL Print Configuration options you want to use for PCL or PostScript printing.

PDL Print Configuration

option

Available

settings

Description

Common Settings

Paper Size Various sizes Sets the default paper size for PCL or PostScript

printing

Paper Type Various paper

types

Sets the default paper type for PCL or PostScript

printing

Orientation Portrait Sets the default orientation for PCL or PostScript

printing

Landscape

Quality Draft Sets the quality for PCL or PostScript printing

Standard

Best

Ink Save Mode On/Off Saves ink by reducing print density

Print Order Last Page on

Top

Starts printing from the first page of a file

First Page on

Top

Starts printing from the last page of a file

Number of Copies 1 to 999 Selects the number of copies to print

Binding Margin Left Edge Specifies the binding edge for double-sided documents

Top Edge

Auto Paper Ejection On/Off Ejects paper automatically when printing is stopped

during a print job

2-Sided Printing On/Off Selects duplex printing

PCL Menu

Font Source Resident Uses a font preinstalled on the printer

Font Number 0 to 111 Selects the default font number for the default font

source

Pitch 0.44 to 99.99 cpi Selects the default font pitch if the font is scalable and

fixed-pitch (availability depends on font source and

number settings)

PDL Print Configuration

option

Available

settings

Description

Height 4.00 to 999.75 pt Selects the default font height if the font is scalable and

proportional (availability depends on font source and

number settings)

Symbol Set Various Selects the default symbol set. If the selected font is not

available for the selected symbol set, the font source

and number are replaced with IBM-US (the default

setting).

Form 5 to 128 lines Sets the number of lines for the selected paper size and

orientation. Changes the line spacing (VMI) stored in

the printer. Later changes in page size or orientation

cause changes in the Form value based on the stored

VMI.

CR Function CR Selects the line feed command when printing with a

driver from a specific operating system

CR+LF

LF Function LF

CR+LF

Paper Source Assign 4 Makes the paper source select command compatible

with HP LaserJet 4

4K Makes the paper source select command compatible

with HP LaserJet 4000, 5000, and 8000

5S Makes the paper source select command compatible

with HP LaserJet 5S

PS3 Menu

Error Sheet On/Off Prints a sheet showing the status when errors occur

during PostScript or PDF printing

Binary On/Off Enable when printing files that contain binary images

(available when the product is connected to the

network). Allows you to print binary images even if the

driver is set to ASCII.

PDL Print Configuration

option

Available

settings

Description

PDF Page Size Various sizes Selects the paper size when printing a PDF file. If Auto

is selected, the paper size is determined based on the

size of the first page.

Parent topic: Selecting PDL (Page Description Language) Settings

Selecting Printer Language and Interface Settings

You can select printer language and interface settings using the control panel on the product.

Note: These settings can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access these settings, contact

your administrator for assistance.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings.

3. Select General Settings.

You see a screen like this:

4. Select Printer Settings.

You see a screen like this:

5. To change interface settings, scroll down and select the interface options for your connection type.

6. To select printer language settings, select Printing Language and select the printing language for

your connection type.

7. When you are finished, press the home button to return to the Home screen.

Printing Language and Interface Options

Parent topic: Enabling Epson Universal Print Driver (PCL) or PostScript Printing

Printing Language and Interface Options

Select the printing language and interface options you want to use.

Option Available

settings

Description

PC Connection via USB Enable Select whether to allow USB communication with the

product

Disable

USB I/F Timeout Setting 0.5 to 300

seconds

Specify the length of time before ending USB

communication from a computer using the PCL or

PostScript driver. This setting is necessary to avoid

endless USB communication.

Option Available

settings

Description

Printing Language Auto Select the language for the USB or network interface

PCL

PS3

PDF

Parent topic: Selecting Printer Language and Interface Settings

Printing a PCL or PS3 (PostScript) Status Sheet

You can print a PCL or PS3 (PostScript) status sheet to confirm the current font information.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings.

You see a screen like this:

3. Scroll down and select Printer Status/Print.

4. Select Print Status Sheet.

5. Select PS3 Font List or PCL Font List.

6. Select Print to print the status sheet.

Parent topic: Enabling Epson Universal Print Driver (PCL) or PostScript Printing

Loading Paper

Before you print, load paper for the type of printing you will do.

Installing the Optional Paper Cassette Unit

Loading Paper in the Cassette

Loading Paper or Envelopes in the Rear Paper Feed Slot

Paper Loading Capacity

Double-sided Printing Capacity

Available Epson Papers

Paper or Media Type Settings - Printing Software

Selecting the Paper Settings for Each Source - Control Panel

Selecting Default Paper Settings - Administrator

Installing the Optional Paper Cassette Unit

You can install an optional paper cassette unit to provide more paper capacity.

1. Turn off the product, and unplug the power cord and any connected cables.

Warning: To avoid electric shock, make sure you unplug the power cord.

2. Remove the paper cassette unit from its packaging and remove any protective materials.

3. Lift up your product and gently lower it onto the paper cassette unit with the corners aligned.

Warning: To lift the product, have two people hold it as shown here. Lifting from other areas may

cause the product to fall or cause you to pinch your fingers when placing the product down.

4. Place the cassette number sticker on the cassette unit.

5. Connect the power cord and other connection cables, then plug in the product.

6. Turn on the product.

7. Pull out and reinsert the paper cassette in the optional paper cassette unit, and confirm that the

cassette unit number appears on the screen.

8. Enable the optional paper cassette unit in the product software.

Enabling the Optional Paper Cassette - Windows

Enabling the Optional Paper Cassette - Mac

Parent topic: Loading Paper

Enabling the Optional Paper Cassette - Windows

You need to enable the optional paper cassette unit before you can use it with the printer software.

Note: If you are using the Epson Universal Print Driver or PostScript (PS3) printer software, see the link

below to enable the optional cassette unit.

1. Do one of the following:

•Windows 10: Click and select (Settings) > Devices >Printers & scanners. Select your

product name and select Manage >Printer properties.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Control Panel >Hardware and Sound >

Devices and Printers. Right-click your product name and select Printer properties.

•Windows 7: Click and select Devices and Printers. Right-click your printer name and select

Printer properties.

•Windows Vista: Click and select Control Panel. Click Printer under Hardware and Sound,

then right-click your printer name and select Properties.

2. Click the Optional Settings tab.

You see a window like this:

3. Make sure Acquire from Printer is selected, then click Get.

The optional paper sources are listed in the Current Printer Information section.

4. Click OK.

The optional paper cassette is now enabled.

Parent topic: Installing the Optional Paper Cassette Unit

Related tasks

Synchronizing Printer Settings - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Enabling the Optional Paper Cassettes - PostScript Printer Software - Windows

Enabling the Optional Paper Cassette - Mac

You need to enable the optional paper cassette unit before you can use it with the printer software.

Note: If you are using the PostScript (PS3) printer software, see the link below to enable the optional

cassette unit.

1. In the Apple menu or the Dock, select System Preferences.

2. Select Print & Fax,Print & Scan, or Printers & Scanners, select your product, and select Options

& Supplies.

3. Select Driver or Options.

You see a screen like this:

4. Select the optional cassette unit you installed as the Lower Cassette setting.

5. Click OK.

The optional paper cassette is now enabled.

Parent topic: Installing the Optional Paper Cassette Unit

Related tasks

Enabling the Optional Paper Cassettes - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

Loading Paper in the Cassette

You can load paper up to this size in the paper cassette: Legal (8.5 × 14 inches [216 × 356 mm])

Note: If the optional paper cassette unit is installed, do not remove more than one cassette at a time.

1. Make sure the product is not operating and pull out the paper cassette.

2. Slide the front edge guide outward all the way, then slide the side edge guides to the paper size you

are using.

3. Load paper with the printable side facedown and slide the front edge guide against the paper.

Note: Make sure the paper fits beneath the arrow mark inside the edge guides.

4. Insert the paper cassette all the way into the product.

5. Do one of the following:

• Select the size and type of paper you loaded on the LCD screen.

• Press the Paper Setting button and select the paper source, then select the size and type of

paper you loaded.

• Select the size and type of paper you loaded in the Settings >General Settings >Printer

Settings >Paper Source Settings >Paper Setting menu.

Always follow these paper loading guidelines:

• Load only the recommended number of sheets.

• Load paper short edge first, no matter which way your document faces.

• Load the printable side facedown.

• Load letterhead or pre-printed paper top edge first.

• Do not load paper above the line underneath the arrow mark inside the edge guides.

• Check the paper package for any additional loading instructions.

Parent topic: Loading Paper

Related references

Paper Specifications

Paper Loading Capacity

Related tasks

Loading Paper or Envelopes in the Rear Paper Feed Slot

You can print envelopes or documents in a variety of paper types and sizes in the rear paper feed slot.

1. Open the feeder guard and pull up the paper support.

2. Slide the edge guides outward.

3. If you are inserting a stack of paper, fan the sheets and tap the stack on a flat surface to even the

edges.

Note: You can load one sheet of binder paper with holes on one of the long edges as shown. Do not

select automatic 2-sided printing for this type of paper. Select Letterhead or Preprinted as the

paper type setting.

4. Do one of the following:

• Insert paper, glossy or printable side up and short edge first, in the center of the slot.

Caution: To prevent paper feeding problems, make sure you do not load paper above the arrow

marks inside the edge guides.

• Load envelopes short edge first, with the flap facing down and the flap edge to the left, in the

center of the slot.

5. Slide the edge guides against the paper, but not too tightly.

6. Extend the output tray.

7. Do one of the following:

• Select the size and type of paper you loaded on the LCD screen.

• Press the Paper Setting button and select the paper source, then select the size and type of

paper you loaded.

• Select the size and type of paper you loaded in the Settings >General Settings >Printer

Settings >Paper Source Settings >Paper Setting menu.

Always follow these paper loading guidelines:

• Load only the recommended number of sheets.

• Load paper short edge first, no matter which way your document faces.

• Load the printable side faceup.

• Load letterhead or pre-printed paper top edge first.

• Do not load paper above the line under the arrow mark inside the edge guides.

• If you have trouble loading a stack of envelopes, press each envelope flat before loading it or load one

envelope at a time.

• If print quality declines when printing multiple envelopes, try loading one envelope at a time.

• Do not load envelopes that are curled, folded, or too thin.

• Do not load windowed envelopes or envelopes with adhesive surfaces on the flaps.

• Check the paper package for any additional loading instructions.

Parent topic: Loading Paper

Related references

Paper Specifications

Paper Loading Capacity

Related tasks

Loading Paper in the Cassette

Paper Loading Capacity

As described in the tables below, do not load paper in the paper cassettes above the arrow marks on

these stickers inside the cassette:

• Use this guide for standard paper:

• Use this guide for thick paper:

Standard and Thick Paper Capacity

You can load up to the following number of sheets in the rear paper feed slot:

• 80 sheets of standard paper; load only 1 sheet of paper in a user-defined size between 14 inches

(355.6 mm) and 236 inches (6000 mm) long

• 30 sheets of thick paper (25 to 68 lb [91 to 256 g/m2]); load only 1 sheet of thick paper in a user-

defined size between 14 inches (355.6 mm) and 44 inches (1117.6 mm) long (available only when

printing from a computer)

• 10 envelopes

Paper type Paper size Loading capacity

Cassette 1 Cassette 2 (optional)

Plain paper

Letterhead paper

Recycled paper

Colored paper

Pre-printed paper

High-quality plain paper

Available paper sizes*

User defined (4 × 5.8

inches [100 × 148 mm]

to 8.5 × 14 inches [216 ×

355.6 mm])

Up to the arrow mark on the cassette sticker

User defined (2.5 × 5

inches [64 × 127 mm] to

8.5 × 14 inches [216 ×

355.6 mm])

User defined (2.5 × 14

inches [64 × 355.6 mm]

to 8.5 × 236 inches [216

× 6000 mm])

— —

User defined (3.5 × 5

inches [89 × 127 mm] to

8.5 × 5.8 inches [216 ×

148 mm])

User defined (3.5 × 5.8

inches [89 × 148 mm] to

4 × 14 inches [100 ×

355.6 mm])

Up to the arrow mark on

the cassette sticker

—

Envelopes #10 10 —

Paper type Paper size Loading capacity

Cassette 1 Cassette 2 (optional)

Thick paper (25 to 43 lb

[91 to 160 g/m2])

Available paper sizes*

User defined (4 × 5.8

inches [100 × 148 mm]

to 8.5 × 14 inches [216

× 355.6 mm])

90 250

User defined (3.5 × 5

inches [89 × 127 mm] to

8.5 × 5.8 inches [216 ×

148 mm])

User defined (3.5 × 5.8

inches [89 × 148 mm] to

4 × 14 inches [100 ×

355.6 mm])

90 —

User defined (2.5 × 5

inches [64 × 127 mm] to

8.5 × 14 inches [216 ×

355.6 mm])

User defined (2.5 × 14

inches [64 × 355.6 mm]

to 8.5 × 44 inches [216 ×

1117.6 mm])

— —

* Select the paper specification link below to view the list of available paper sizes.

Note: Half Letter size is not available when printing with the PostScript printer driver.

Epson Paper Capacity

Paper type Loading capacity

Cassette 1 Cassette 2 (optional) Rear paper feed slot

Epson Bright White

Paper

200 sheets 400 sheets 50 sheets

Paper type Loading capacity

Cassette 1 Cassette 2 (optional) Rear paper feed slot

Epson Presentation

Paper Matte

80 sheets — 70 sheets

Epson Premium

Presentation Paper

Matte

Epson Premium

Presentation Paper

Matte Double-sided

50 sheets — 20 sheets

Note: When printing at a user defined size on genuine Epson paper, you can only print at Standard or

Normal print quality. Even if the printer driver allows you to choose a better print quality, the printer will

print using Standard or Normal print quality.

Parent topic: Loading Paper

Related references

Paper Specifications

Double-sided Printing Capacity

Automatic Double-sided Printing

You can automatically print double-sided from any paper source on the following sizes of standard and

thick papers (up to 43 lb [160 g/m2]):

• Letter (8.5 × 11 inches [216 × 279 mm])

• A4 (8.3 × 11.7 inches [210 × 297 mm])

• Executive (7.25 × 10.5 inches [184 × 267 mm])

Manual Double-sided Printing

You can manually print double-sided pages using only the rear paper feed with the following papers:

Paper type Size Manual double-sided

printing capacity

Plain paper

Copier paper

Letterhead paper

Recycled paper

Colored paper

Pre-printed paper

High quality plain paper

Available paper sizes130 sheets

User defined (8.5 × 14 to 236 inches

[216 × 355.6 to 6000 mm])2

1 sheet

Epson Bright White Paper Letter (8.5 × 11 inches

[216 × 279 mm])

30 sheets

Thick paper 1 (25 to 43 lb [91 to 160

g/m2])

Thick paper 2 (43 to 68 lb [161 to

256 g/m2])

Available paper sizes15 sheets

User defined (8.5 × 14 to 44 inches

[216 × 355.6 to 1117.6 mm])2

1 sheet

1: Select the paper specification link below to view the list of available paper sizes.

2: Available only when printing from a computer

Parent topic: Loading Paper

Related references

Paper Specifications

Related tasks

Selecting Double-sided Printing Settings - Windows

Selecting Double-sided Printing Settings - Mac

Available Epson Papers

You can purchase genuine Epson ink, maintenance boxes, and paper at epson.com (U.S. sales),

epson.ca (Canadian sales), or epson.com.jm (Caribbean sales). You can also purchase supplies from

an Epson authorized reseller. To find the nearest one, call 800-GO-EPSON (800-463-7766) in the U.S.

or 800-807-7766 in Canada.

Note: Paper/media availability varies by country.

Paper Type Size Part number Sheet count

Epson Bright White Paper Letter (8.5 × 11 inches

[216 × 279 mm])

S041586 500

Epson Presentation Paper Matte Legal (8.5 × 14 inches

[216 × 356 mm])

S041067 100

Letter (8.5 × 11 inches

[216 × 279 mm])

S041062 100

Epson Premium Presentation

Paper Matte

8 × 10 inches (203 × 254 mm) S041467 50

Letter (8.5 × 11 inches

[216 × 279 mm])

S041257

S042180

100

Epson Premium Presentation

Paper Matte Double-sided

Letter (8.5 × 11 inches

[216 × 279 mm])

S041568 50

Parent topic: Loading Paper

Paper or Media Type Settings - Printing Software

For this paper Select this paper Type or Media Type setting

Plain paper

Epson Bright White Paper

High-quality plain paper

Plain Paper

Letterhead paper Letterhead

Recycled paper Recycled

Colored paper Color

Pre-printed paper Preprinted

Envelopes Envelope

Epson Presentation Paper Matte Epson Premium

Presentation Paper Matte

Epson Premium Presentation Paper Matte Double-

sided

Premium Presentation Paper Matte

Thick paper (25 to 43 lb [91 to 160 g/m2]) Thick Paper 1

For this paper Select this paper Type or Media Type setting

Thick paper (43 to 68 lb [161 to 256 g/m2]) Thick Paper 2

Note: The settings listed here are available only when printing from your computer; they do not apply to

your product's control panel settings.

Parent topic: Loading Paper

Selecting the Paper Settings for Each Source - Control Panel

You can change the default paper size and paper type for each source using the control panel on the

product.

1. Press the Paper Setting button.

You see a screen like this:

2. Select the paper source you want to select settings for.

You see a screen like this:

3. Select Paper Size.

4. Select the paper size you loaded.

5. Select Paper Type.

6. Select the paper type for the paper you loaded.

7. Select the back arrow to select another paper source or press the home button to exit.

Paper Type Settings - Control Panel

Parent topic: Loading Paper

Paper Type Settings - Control Panel

Select a Paper Type setting that matches the paper you loaded.

Paper type loaded Paper Type setting

Plain paper

Epson Bright White Paper

Plain Paper

Letterhead paper Letterhead

Recycled paper Recycled

Colored paper Color

Pre-printed paper Preprinted

High-quality plain paper High Quality Plain Paper

Envelopes Envelope

Epson Presentation Paper Matte

Epson Premium Presentation Paper Matte

Epson Premium Presentation Paper Matte Double-

sided

Prem. Matte

Thick paper up to 25 to 413 lb (91 to 160 g/m2) Card Stock 1

Thick paper up to 43 to 68 lb (161 to 256 g/m2) Card Stock 2

Parent topic: Selecting the Paper Settings for Each Source - Control Panel

Selecting Default Paper Settings - Administrator

As an administrator, you can adjust default paper settings that apply to all print jobs sent to the product.

Note: These settings can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access these settings, contact

your administrator for assistance.

Selecting the Default Printer Settings

Selecting the Universal Print Settings

Parent topic: Loading Paper

Selecting the Default Printer Settings

You can change default printer settings using the control panel on the product.

Note: These settings can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access these settings, contact

your administrator for assistance.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings.

3. Select General Settings.

You see a screen like this:

4. Select Printer Settings.

You see a screen like this:

5. Select one of these options for the Auto Error Solver setting:

• Turn on this setting to display a warning and print single-sided when a 2-sided printing error

occurs, or to print only what the printer could process when a full memory error occurs.

• Turn off this setting to display an error message and stop printing if an error occurs.

6. Select Paper Source Settings.

7. Select the Paper Source Settings options you want to use.

8. When you are finished, press the home button to exit.

Paper Source Settings Options

Parent topic: Selecting Default Paper Settings - Administrator

Paper Source Settings Options

Select the paper source options you want to use for your print jobs.

Paper Source

Settings option

Available settings Description

Paper Setting Various Select the paper size and type for each paper source

Rear Paper Feed

Priority

On Select On to give printing priority to paper loaded in the rear

paper feed slot

Off

A4/Letter Auto

Switching

On Select On to switch the selected paper size to match the

loaded paper (Letter or A4) if the wrong size is selected

Off

Paper Source

Settings option

Available settings Description

Auto Select

Settings

Copy Select On for any of these settings to automatically print on

paper from any source containing paper that matches your

paper settings

Fax

Other

Error Notice Paper Size Notice Select On for either of these settings to display an error

message when the selected paper type or size does not

match the loaded paper

Paper Type Notice

Paper Setup

Auto Display

On Select On to automatically display a menu that lets you

select the paper size and type when you load paper in the

product

Note: If you disable this setting, you will not be able to print

using AirPrint.

Off

Parent topic: Selecting the Default Printer Settings

Selecting the Universal Print Settings

You can change the default universal print settings using the control panel on the product.

Note: These settings can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access these settings, contact

your administrator for assistance.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >Printer Settings >Universal Print Settings.

You see this screen:

3. Adjust the settings as necessary.

4. When you are finished, press the home button to exit.

Universal Print Settings Options

Parent topic: Selecting Default Paper Settings - Administrator

Universal Print Settings Options

Select the universal print setting options you want to use for your print jobs.

Universal Print

Settings option

Available settings Description

Top Offset — Adjust the top or left margin

Left Offset

Top Offset in

Back

— Adjust the top or left margin of the back page when printing

double-sided.

Left Offset in

Back

Check Paper

Width

On Select On to check the paper width before printing. This

prevents printing beyond the edges of the paper when the

paper size settings are incorrect, but may reduce the

printing speed.

Off

Skip Blank Page On Select On to skip printing of blank pages automatically

Off

Parent topic: Selecting the Universal Print Settings

Placing Originals on the Product

Follow the instructions here to place your original documents or photos on the product.

Caution: Do not place anything on top of your product or use its cover as a writing surface to avoid

damaging it.

Placing Originals on the Scanner Glass

Placing Originals in the Automatic Document Feeder

Placing Originals on the Scanner Glass

You can place originals up to this size on the scanner glass: Letter (8.5 × 11 inches [216 × 279 mm]) or

A4 (8.3 × 11.7 inches [210 × 297 mm]).

Note: When originals are placed in the ADF and on the scanner glass, priority is given to the originals in

the ADF.

1. Open the document cover.

2. Place your original facedown on the scanner glass with the top facing into the corner. Slide the

original to the edges of the indicated corner.

Note: The edges of your original may be cropped by 0.06 inch (1.5 mm) from the edge of the

scanner glass. Manually position your original away from the edges to prevent cropping.

3. Close the document cover gently to keep your original in place.

Caution: Do not push down on the document cover or scanner glass or you may damage the

product.

Parent topic: Placing Originals on the Product

Related topics

Copying

Scanning

Faxing

Placing Originals in the Automatic Document Feeder

You can place single- or multi-page original documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). You

can also use the ADF to scan both sides of a 2-sided document. Make sure the originals meet the

Automatic Document Feeder specifications before loading them.

Caution: Make sure your originals are not creased or folded, and do not contain holes, staples, tape, or

other materials that could obstruct the feeder.

Caution: Do not place photographs or valuable artwork in the ADF. Place fragile or valuable originals on

the scanner glass to avoid wrinkling or damaging them.

Note: When originals are placed in the ADF and on the scanner glass, priority is given to the originals in

the ADF.

1. Slide the ADF edge guides outward.

2. Fan your stack of originals and tap them gently on a flat surface to even the edges.

3. Insert the originals into the ADF faceup and top-edge first.

Note: Do not load originals above the arrow mark on the ADF edge guide.

The ADF icon on the Copy, Scan, and Fax screens lights up.

100

4. Slide the ADF edge guides against the originals, but not too tightly.

Parent topic: Placing Originals on the Product

Related references

Mac System Requirements

Copying Options

Related topics

Copying

Scanning

Faxing

101

Copying

See the information here to copy documents or photos using your product.

Note: Copies may not be exactly the same size as your originals.

Copying Documents or Photos

Copying Options

Copying Documents or Photos

You can copy documents or photos onto various sizes and types of paper, including Epson special

papers.

1. Place your original document or photo on the scanner glass, or place multi-page documents in the

ADF.

2. Load the paper you want to print on.

3. Press the home button, if necessary.

4. Select Copy.

You see a screen like this:

5. To print more than one copy, press a number key on the product's control panel, or select Copies

and use the displayed keypad to enter the number of copies.

6. Change any of the displayed settings as necessary.

7. Select Advanced to view and change additional copy settings, if necessary.

8. Select Preview to preview your copy on the LCD screen.

102

9. Select Presets to save your copy settings.

Note: Presets can be locked by an administrator. If you can't access or change this setting, contact

your administrator for assistance.

10. When you are ready to copy, press the Copy icon.

Note: To cancel printing, press the stop button or select Cancel.

Parent topic: Copying

Related references

Copying Options

Related tasks

Using Presets

Related topics

Loading Paper

Placing Originals on the Product

Copying Options

Select the copying options you want to use for your copies.

Note: Not all options or settings may be available, depending on other copying settings.

Basic Settings

Copying option Available settings Description

Density Varying levels Adjusts the lightness or darkness of copies

Paper Setting Various sources Select the paper source that you want to use. If you select

Auto, paper is fed automatically depending on the paper

settings you selected for the paper sources.

103

Copying option Available settings Description

Reduce/Enlarge Auto Fit Page Automatically sizes the image to fit the paper size you

selected

100% Copies the original at its full size

195%->45% and

other conversions

Automatically converts from one size to another

%Automatically increases or decreases the size of the image

by the percentage you enter (range is 25% to 400%)

Original Size Various sizes Select the document size of your original

2-Sided 1>1-Sided Select to make 2-sided copies. When you select 1>2-Sided

or 2>1-Sided, scroll down and select the orientation and

binding edge for your originals or copies as necessary.

2>2-Sided

1>2-Sided

2>1-Sided

Multi-Page Single Page Copies each page of the original onto an individual sheet

2-up Copies multiple page documents onto one sheet. Scroll

down and select the document orientation and layout order

settings as necessary.

4-up

Advanced settings

Copying option Available settings Description

Original Type Text Specifies the document type of your originals and adjusts

the quality of your copies

Text & Image

Photo

Text & Image(Best)

104

Copying option Available settings Description

Finishing Group (Same

Pages)

Select to print multiple copies of a multi-page document in

unordered groups

Collate (Page

Order)

Select to print multiple copies of a multi-page document in

ordered sets

Orientation

(Original)

Up Direction Specifies the orientation of your originals

Up Direction:

Left Direction Left Direction:

Image Quality Various settings Select advanced quality settings such as Contrast and

Sharpness

Remove Shadow Off Select On to erase the shadows that appear in the center of

a document when copying a book or that appear around a

document when copying thick paper

Remove Punch

Holes

Off Select On to erase the binding holes on a document

105

Copying option Available settings Description

ID Card Copy Off Select On to copy both sides of an ID card onto one side of

a sheet of paper

Parent topic: Copying

106

Printing from a Computer

Before printing from your computer, make sure you have set up your product and installed its software

as described on the Start Here sheet.

Note: If you have an Internet connection, it is a good idea to check for updates to your product software

on Epson's support website. If you see a Software Update screen, select Enable automatic checking

and click OK. The update scans your system to see if you have the latest product software. Follow the

on-screen instructions.

Printing with the Standard Epson Printer Software - Windows

Printing with the Built-in Epson Driver - Windows 10 S

Printing with the Epson Standard Printer Software - Mac

Printing with the Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Printing with the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Windows

Printing with the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Mac

Cancelling Printing Using a Product Button

Printing with the Standard Epson Printer Software - Windows

You can print with the standard Epson printer software using any Windows printing program, as

described in these sections.

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Windows

Selecting Double-sided Printing Settings - Windows

Selecting Additional Layout and Print Options - Windows

Selecting a Printing Preset - Windows

Selecting Extended Settings - Windows

Printing Your Document or Photo - Windows

Locking Printer Settings - Windows

Entering a User ID and Password for Printing

Selecting Default Print Settings - Windows

Changing Automatic Update Options

Parent topic: Printing from a Computer

107

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Windows

Select the basic settings for the document or photo you want to print.

1. Open a photo or document for printing.

2. Select the print command in your application.

Note: You may need to select a print icon on your screen, the Print option in the File menu, or

another command. See your application's help utility for details.

3. If necessary, select your product name as the printer you want to use.

Note: You may also need to select Properties or Preferences to view your print settings.

You see the Main tab of your printer settings window:

108

4. For the Paper Source setting, select where you loaded the paper you want to print on.

5. Select the size of the paper you loaded as the Document Size setting.

Note: You can also select the User-Defined setting to create a custom paper size.

6. Select the orientation of your document.

Note: If you are printing an envelope, select Landscape.

7. Select the type of paper you loaded as the Paper Type setting.

Note: The setting may not exactly match the name of your paper. Check the paper type settings list

for details.

8. Select the Quality setting that matches the print quality you want to use.

9. To print on both sides of the paper, select the 2-Sided Printing setting and select the options you

want.

10. To print multiple pages on one sheet of paper, or print one image on multiple sheets of paper, select

one of the settings in the Multi-Page menu and select the printing options you want.

11. To print multiple copies and arrange their print order, select the Copies options.

12. To preview your job before printing, select Print Preview.

13. To save your print job as a project that can be modified and combined with other print jobs, select

Job Arranger Lite.

14. To reduce noise during printing when you select Plain Paper/Bright White Paper, select On in the

Quiet Mode menu.

Note: Enabling Quiet Mode may reduce printing speed.

Paper Source Options - Windows

Print Quality Options - Windows

Multi-Page Printing Options - Windows

Parent topic: Printing with the Standard Epson Printer Software - Windows

Related references

Paper or Media Type Settings - Printing Software

109

Double-sided Printing Capacity

Related tasks

Entering a User ID and Password for Printing

Printing Your Document or Photo - Windows

Paper Source Options - Windows

You can select any of the available options in the Paper Source menu to print on the paper loaded in that

source.

Note: Paper Cassette 2 is available only if you have installed the optional cassette.

Auto Select

Automatically selects the paper source based on the selected paper size.

Paper Cassette 1

Selects the paper in cassette 1 as the paper source.

Paper Cassette 2

Selects the paper in cassette 2 as the paper source.

Rear Paper Feed

Selects the paper in the rear feed slot as the paper source.

Parent topic: Selecting Basic Print Settings - Windows

Print Quality Options - Windows

You can select any of the available Quality options to fine-tune the quality of your print. Some settings

may be unavailable, depending on the paper type and border setting you have chosen.

Draft

For draft printing on plain paper.

Standard

For everyday text and image printing.

Fast

Speeds up printing on plain paper.

High

For photos and graphics with high print quality.

Parent topic: Selecting Basic Print Settings - Windows

Multi-Page Printing Options - Windows

You can select any of the available options in the Multi-Page menu to set up your multi-page print job.

110

2-Up and 4-Up

Prints 2 or 4 pages on one sheet of paper. Click the Page Order button to select page layout and

border options.

2×1 Poster, 2×2 Poster, 3×3 Poster, 4×4 Poster

Prints one image on multiple sheets of paper to create a larger poster. Click the Settings button to

select image layout and guideline options.

Parent topic: Selecting Basic Print Settings - Windows

Selecting Double-sided Printing Settings - Windows

You can print on both sides of the paper by selecting one of the 2-Sided Printing options on the Main

tab.

Note: Some options may be pre-selected or unavailable, depending on other settings you have chosen

or if you are accessing the product over a network.

1. Select one of the following options for 2-Sided Printing:

•Auto (Long-edge binding) to print your double-sided print job by automatically flipping the paper

on the long edge.

•Auto (Short-edge binding) to print your double-sided print job by automatically flipping the paper

on the short edge.

•Manual (Long-edge binding) to print your double-sided print job by printing one side and

prompting you to flip the paper over on the long edge to print the other side (recommended for

paper types that do not support automatic duplexing).

•Manual (Short-edge binding) to print your double-sided print job by printing one side and

prompting you to flip the paper over on the short edge to print the other side (recommended for

paper types that do not support automatic duplexing).

2. Click the Settings button.

111

You see this window:

3. Select the double-sided printing options you want to use.

4. Click OK to return to the Main tab.

112

5. Click the Print Density button.

You see this window:

6. Select the type of document you are printing as the Document Type setting. The software

automatically sets the Adjustments options for that document type.

7. If necessary, select the Adjustments options you want to use.

8. Click OK to return to the Main tab.

9. Print a test copy of your double-sided document to test the selected settings.

10. Follow any instructions displayed on the screen during printing.

Double-sided Printing Options - Windows

Print Density Adjustments - Windows

Parent topic: Printing with the Standard Epson Printer Software - Windows

Related references

Double-sided Printing Capacity

Related tasks

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Windows

113

Double-sided Printing Options - Windows

You can select any of the available options on the Binding Settings window to set up your double-sided

print job.

Binding Edge Options

Select a setting that orients double-sided print binding in the desired direction.

Binding Margin Options

Select options that define a wider margin to allow for binding.

Start Page

Selects whether printing starts on the front or back page.

Create Folded Booklet Options

Select the Booklet checkbox and a binding option to print double-sided pages as a booklet.

Parent topic: Selecting Double-sided Printing Settings - Windows

Print Density Adjustments - Windows

You can select any of the available options on the Print Density Adjustment window to adjust the print

quality of your double-sided print job.

Print Density

Sets the level of ink coverage for double-sided printing.

Increase Ink Drying Time

Sets the amount of time required for drying ink after printing on one side of the paper before printing

the other side in double-sided printing to prevent ink smearing.

Parent topic: Selecting Double-sided Printing Settings - Windows

114

Selecting Additional Layout and Print Options - Windows

You can select a variety of additional layout and printing options for your document or photo on the More

Options tab.

1. To change the size of your printed document or photo, select the Reduce/Enlarge Document

checkbox and select one of these sizing options:

• Select the Fit to Page option to size your image to fit the paper you loaded. Select the size of your

document or photo as the Document Size setting, and the size of your paper as the Output

Paper setting. If you want to center your image on the paper, select the Center option.

• Select the Zoom to option to reduce or enlarge your document or photo by a specific percentage.

Select the percentage in the %menu.

2. Select one of the following Tone Correction options:

• Select Automatic to automatically adjust the brightness and contrast for your image.

115

• Select Custom and click the Advanced button to manually adjust the tone correction settings or

turn off color management in your printer software.

• Select Image Options to access additional settings for improving printed images.

3. To add the following features, click the Watermark Features button:

•Watermark: adds a visible watermark to your printout

•Header/Footer: adds information such as the date and time to the top or bottom of your printout

Note: Click the Settings button to customize the text and location of the header or footer.

4. To add a password to your print job, select the Confidential Job checkbox, then enter a password.

Confidential jobs are stored in the product's memory without being printed. To print the job, enter the

password for the confidential job on the product's control panel.

Note: Confidential print jobs are cleared from the product's memory after printing.

5. Select any of the Additional Settings options to customize your print.

Image Options and Additional Settings - Windows

Header/Footer Settings - Windows

Parent topic: Printing with the Standard Epson Printer Software - Windows

Related tasks

Printing Your Document or Photo - Windows

Image Options and Additional Settings - Windows

You can select any of the Image Options and Additional Settings to customize your print. Some options

may be pre-selected or unavailable, depending on other settings you have chosen.

Image Options

Emphasize Text

Adjusts the weight of printed text to increase readability.

Emphasize Thin Lines

Adjusts the weight of printed lines to increase visibility.

Edge Smoothing

Smooths jagged edges in low-resolution images such as screen captures or images from the Web.

116

Additional Settings Options

Rotate 180º

Prints the image rotated 180º from its original orientation.

High Speed

Speeds up printing but may reduce print quality.

Mirror Image

Flips the printed image left to right.

Parent topic: Selecting Additional Layout and Print Options - Windows

Header/Footer Settings - Windows

You can select any of the Header/Footer Settings options to add headers or footers when you print. The

items are available to print at the top or bottom of your pages, in either the left, right, or center of the

page.

Note: These settings are not saved with your document.

You can select to print the following information:

• User Name

• Computer Name

• Date

• Date/Time

• Document Name

• Collate Number (copy number)

117

Note: The user name, computer name, date, and time come from the Windows Control Panel on your

computer.

Parent topic: Selecting Additional Layout and Print Options - Windows

Selecting a Printing Preset - Windows

For quick access to common groups of print settings, you can select a printing preset on the Main or

More Options tab.

Note: You can create your own preset by clicking the Add/Remove Presets button.

1. Click the Main or More Options tab.

118

You see the available Printing Presets on the left:

2. Place your cursor over one of the Printing Presets to view its list of settings.

3. Click on a preset to change its settings, or use any of the available options on the screen to control

your printing presets.

119

4. To choose a preset for printing, select it.

5. Click OK.

Parent topic: Printing with the Standard Epson Printer Software - Windows

Selecting Extended Settings - Windows

You can select additional settings that apply to all the print jobs you send to your product.

1. Access the Windows Desktop and right-click the icon for your product in the right side of the

Windows taskbar, or click the up arrow and right-click .

2. Select Printer Settings.

3. Click the Maintenance tab.

You see the maintenance options:

4. Click the Extended Settings button.

120

You see this window:

5. Select any of the extended settings to customize your print.

6. Click OK to close the Extended Settings window.

7. Click OK to close the printer software window.

Extended Settings - Windows

Parent topic: Printing with the Standard Epson Printer Software - Windows

Extended Settings - Windows

You can select from these settings on the Extended Settings window.

Enable EPSON Status Monitor 3

Enables product monitoring for ink and paper supplies and other issues.

Check Paper Width Before Printing

Prevents printing beyond the edges of the paper if the paper size setting is incorrect; may reduce print

speed.

Thick Paper and Envelopes

Prevents ink from smearing when you print on envelopes or other thick paper.

121

Separator Page

Before each document, prints a separator page containing the title, user, date, and time.

Always Spool RAW Datatype

Increases print speed and may solve other printing problems.

Page Rendering Mode

Increases print speed when printing is extremely slow or the print head stops during printing.

Print as Bitmap

Increases print speed when printing is extremely slow or the print head stops during printing, and

other settings do not help.

Skip Blank Page

Ensures that your product does not print pages that contain no text or images.

Change Standard Resolution

Reduces the resolution of print data to correct printing problems.

Refine screening pattern

Prints graphics with a finer screening pattern.

Allow Applications to Perform ICM Color Matching

Allows applications to perform ICM color matching.

Always Use the Driver's Paper Source Setting

Prints using the paper source setting in the printer driver, rather than the setting in your application.

Output 1 page documents facedown in 2-Sided mode

Outputs single-sided pages in a 2-sided print job facedown instead of faceup.

Output documents for filing

Outputs all landscape, portrait, 1-sided, and 2-sided documents in the same orientation for easier

filing.

Barcode mode

Reduces bleeding when printing barcodes on plain paper, letterhead paper, recycled paper,

preprinted paper, envelopes, and thick paper.

Parent topic: Selecting Extended Settings - Windows

Printing Your Document or Photo - Windows

Once you have selected your print settings, you are ready to save your settings and print.

1. Click OK to save your settings.

122

You see your application's Print window, such as this one:

2. Click OK or Print to start printing.

Parent topic: Printing with the Standard Epson Printer Software - Windows

Locking Printer Settings - Windows

Windows administrators can lock access to some printer settings to prevent unauthorized changes.

1. Do one of the following:

•Windows 10: Click and select (Settings) > Devices >Printers & scanners. Select your

product name and select Manage >Printer properties.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Control Panel >Hardware and Sound >

Devices and Printers. Right-click your product and select Printer properties.

•Windows 7: Click and select Devices and Printers. Right-click your product and select

Printer properties.

123

•Windows Vista: Click and select Control Panel. Click Printer under Hardware and Sound,

then right-click your product and select Properties.

2. Click the Optional Settings tab.

Note: You can prevent access to the Optional Settings tab by changing the user or group

permissions in the Security tab.

3. Click Driver Settings.

You see this window:

4. Select the checkbox for each setting you want to lock. To lock all print settings, select All Document

Settings.

5. Under Advanced Settings, select the setting option you want to use for each locked setting.

6. Click OK.

Locked Setting Options

Parent topic: Printing with the Standard Epson Printer Software - Windows

124

Locked Setting Options

Select the options you want to use for any locked print settings.

Setting Options Description

Anti-Copy

Pattern

Various data items Lets you select the data to use for the pattern or prohibit anti-

copy patterns

Add/Delete Lets you add or delete a customized anti-copy pattern

Settings Lets you select the arrangement, size, and other settings for

the custom anti-copy pattern

Watermark Various text

watermarks

Lets you select the text for the watermark or prohibit

watermarks

Add/Delete Lets you add or delete a customized text or image-based

watermark

Settings Lets you select the size, position, and other watermark

settings

Header/Footer Off Prohibits headers or footers

On Allows headers and footers

Settings Lets you select the text and position for printing headers and

footers

2-sided printing Off Allows printing on one side of the paper only

On Allows printing on both sides of the paper

Multi-Page Off Prohibits multi-page settings

2-Up Allows printing of 2 pages on one sheet of paper

4-Up Allows printing of 4 pages on one sheet of paper

Parent topic: Locking Printer Settings - Windows

Entering a User ID and Password for Printing

If you enabled Access Control on the product, you must enter a user ID and password in the printer

driver to be able to print.

Note: If you do not know the user ID or password, contact your administrator for assistance.

125

1. Access the Windows Desktop and right-click the icon for your product in the right side of the

Windows taskbar, or click the up arrow and right-click . Select Printer Settings and click the

Maintenance tab.

2. Click the Printer and Option Information button.

3. Select the Save Access Control Settings checkbox.

4. Click the Settings button.

5. Enter your user name and password.

6. Click OK.

Parent topic: Printing with the Standard Epson Printer Software - Windows

126

Selecting Default Print Settings - Windows

When you change your print settings in a program, the changes apply only while you are printing in that

program session. If you want to change the print settings you use in all your Windows programs, you can

select new default print settings.

1. Access the Windows Desktop and right-click the icon for your product in the right side of the

Windows taskbar, or click the up arrow and right-click .

2. Select Printer Settings.

You see the printer settings window:

3. Select the print settings you want to use as defaults in all your Windows programs.

4. Click OK.

These settings are now the defaults selected for printing. You can still change them as needed for

printing in any program session.

127

Changing the Language of the Printer Software Screens

Parent topic: Printing with the Standard Epson Printer Software - Windows

Changing the Language of the Printer Software Screens

You can change the language used on the Windows printer software screens.

1. Access the Windows Desktop and right-click the icon for your product in the right side of the

Windows taskbar, or click the up arrow and right-click .

2. Select Printer Settings.

You see the printer settings window.

3. Click the Maintenance tab.

You see the maintenance options:

4. Select the language you want to use as the Language setting.

128

5. Click OK to close the printer software window.

The printer software screens appear in the language you selected the next time you access them.

Parent topic: Selecting Default Print Settings - Windows

Changing Automatic Update Options

Your printer software for Windows automatically checks for updates to the product software. You can

change how often the software checks for updates or disable this feature.

1. Access the Windows Desktop and right-click the icon for your product in the right side of the

Windows taskbar, or click the up arrow and right-click .

2. Select Software Update Settings.

You see this window:

3. Do one of the following:

• To change how often the software checks for updates, select a setting in the Check every menu.

• To disable the automatic update feature, select the Never option.

4. Click OK to exit.

Note: If you choose to disable the automatic update feature, you can check for updates manually.

Parent topic: Printing with the Standard Epson Printer Software - Windows

129

Related tasks

Checking for Software Updates

Printing with the Built-in Epson Driver - Windows 10 S

You can print with the built-in Epson printer driver using any printing program on Windows 10 S, as

described in these sections.

Note: The built-in Epson driver in Windows 10 S does not include all the available print settings for your

product. To print with additional settings, download and install the Epson Print and Scan utility from the

Windows Store. You cannot download and install any Epson product software from the Epson website

for use with Windows 10 S; you must obtain software only from the Windows Store.

Selecting Print Settings - Windows 10 S

Parent topic: Printing from a Computer

Selecting Print Settings - Windows 10 S

Select the settings for your print job in your Windows 10 S application.

1. Open a photo or document for printing.

2. Select the print command in your application.

Note: You may need to select a print icon on your screen, the Print option in the File menu, or

another command. See your application's help utility for details.

3. If necessary, select your product name as the printer you want to use.

Note: You may also need to select Properties or Preferences to view your print settings.

130

You see a window like this:

4. Select the type of paper you loaded as the Media setting.

Note: The setting may not exactly match the name of your paper. Check the paper type settings list

for details.

5. Click the Advanced button.

131

You see a window like this:

6. Select the size of the paper you loaded as the Paper Size setting.

7. To print multiple copies, select or enter the number as the Copy Count setting.

8. To print multiple copies of multi-page documents in sets, select the Collated checkbox.

9. Click OK.

You return to the printing preferences window.

132

10. Select the Layout tab.

11. Select the orientation of your document as the Orientation setting.

133

12. To print double-sided, select one of the Print on Both Sides options, depending on how you want to

orient the page layout. The icon next to each option shows the layout.

13. Click OK to save your settings.

You see your application's Print window.

14. Click OK or Print to start printing.

Parent topic: Printing with the Built-in Epson Driver - Windows 10 S

Printing with the Epson Standard Printer Software - Mac

You can print with your product using any Mac printing program, as described in these sections.

Note: If you have an Internet connection, it is a good idea to check for updates to your product software

on Epson's support website.

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Mac

Selecting Page Setup Settings - Mac

134

Selecting Print Layout Options - Mac

Selecting Double-sided Printing Settings - Mac

Managing Color - Mac

Selecting Printing Preferences - Mac

Printing Your Document or Photo - Mac

Parent topic: Printing from a Computer

Related references

Paper or Media Type Settings - Printing Software

Related tasks

Selecting Page Setup Settings - Mac

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Mac

Select the basic settings for the document or photo you want to print.

1. Open a photo or document for printing.

2. Select the print command in your application.

Note: You may need to select a print icon on your screen, the Print option in the File menu, or

another command. See your application's help utility for details.

3. Select your product as the Printer setting.

4. If necessary, click the arrow next to the Printer setting or the Show Details button to expand the

print window.

135

You see the expanded printer settings window for your product:

Note: The print window may look different, depending on the Mac OS version and the application

you are using.

5. Select the Copies and Pages settings as necessary.

Note: If you do not see these settings in the print window, check for them in your application before

printing.

136

6. Select the page setup options: Paper Size and Orientation.

Note: If you do not see these settings in the print window, check for them in your application before

printing. They may be accessible by selecting Page Setup from the File menu.

7. Select any application-specific settings that appear on the screen, such as those shown in the image

above for the Preview application.

8. Select Print Settings from the pop-up menu.

You see these settings:

137

9. Select the Paper Source you wish to print from.

10. Select the type of paper you loaded as the Media Type setting.

Note: The setting may not exactly match the name of your paper. Check the paper type settings list

for details.

11. Select the Print Quality setting you want to use.

12. Select any of the available print options.

Paper Source Options - Mac

Print Quality Options - Mac

Parent topic: Printing with the Epson Standard Printer Software - Mac

Paper Source Options - Mac

You can select any of the available options in the Paper Source menu to print on the paper loaded in that

source.

Note: Cassette 2 is available only if you have installed the optional cassette.

Auto Select

Automatically selects the paper source based on the selected paper size.

Cassette 1

Selects the paper in cassette 1 as the paper source.

Cassette 2

Selects the paper in cassette 2 as the paper source.

Rear Paper Feed

Selects the paper in the rear feed slot as the paper source.

Parent topic: Selecting Basic Print Settings - Mac

Print Quality Options - Mac

You can select any of the available Print Quality options to fine-tune the quality of your print. Some

settings may be unavailable, depending on the paper type setting you have chosen.

Draft

For draft printing on plain paper.

Normal

For everyday text and image printing.

138

Quality

For text and graphics with increased quality and print speed.

Fast

Speeds up printing on plain paper.

Parent topic: Selecting Basic Print Settings - Mac

Selecting Page Setup Settings - Mac

Depending on your application, you may be able to select the paper size and orientation settings from

the print window.

Note: If you do not see these settings in the print window, check for them in your application before

printing. They may be accessible by selecting Page Setup from the File menu.

1. Select the size of the paper you loaded as the Paper Size setting.

2. Select the orientation of your document or photo as shown in the print window.

Note: If you are printing an envelope, select the icon.

Note: You can reduce or enlarge the size of the printed image by selecting Paper Handling from the

pop-up menu and selecting a scaling option.

Parent topic: Printing with the Epson Standard Printer Software - Mac

139

Selecting Print Layout Options - Mac

You can select a variety of layout options for your document or photo by selecting Layout from the pop-

up menu on the print window.

• To print multiple pages on one sheet of paper, select the number of pages in the Pages per Sheet

pop-up menu. To arrange the print order of the pages, select a Layout Direction setting.

• To print borders around each page on the sheet, select a line setting from the Border pop-up menu.

• To invert or flip the printed image, select the Reverse page orientation or Flip horizontally settings.

Parent topic: Printing with the Epson Standard Printer Software - Mac

Selecting Double-sided Printing Settings - Mac

You can print on both sides of the paper by selecting Two-sided Printing Settings from the pop-up

menu on the print window.

140

Note: Some options may be pre-selected or unavailable, depending on other settings you have chosen

or if you are accessing the product over a network. This screen may be different, depending on the Mac

OS version you are using.

1. Select one of the Two-sided Printing options.

2. Select the type of document you are printing as the Document Type setting. The software

automatically sets the Adjustments options for that document type.

3. If necessary, customize the Adjustments settings as instructed on the screen.

4. Print a test copy of your double-sided document to test the selected settings.

5. Follow any instructions displayed on the screen during printing.

Double-sided Printing Options and Adjustments - Mac

Parent topic: Printing with the Epson Standard Printer Software - Mac

141

Related references

Double-sided Printing Capacity

Double-sided Printing Options and Adjustments - Mac

You can select any of the available options in the Two-sided Printing Settings pop-up menu to set up

your double-sided print job.

Long-Edge binding

Orients double-sided printed pages to be bound on the long edge of the paper.

Short-Edge binding

Orients double-sided printed pages to be bound on the short edge of the paper.

Print Density

Sets the level of ink coverage for double-sided printing.

Increased Ink Drying Time

Sets the amount of time required for drying ink after printing on one side of the paper before printing

the other side in double-sided printing.

Parent topic: Selecting Double-sided Printing Settings - Mac

Managing Color - Mac

You can adjust the Color Matching settings to fine-tune the colors in your printout, or turn off color

management in your printer software.

1. Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu in the print window.

2. If you selected ColorSync, select Other Profiles from the Profile drop-down menu to choose an

available ColorSync profile.

Color Matching - Mac

Parent topic: Printing with the Epson Standard Printer Software - Mac

Color Matching - Mac

You can select from these settings on the Color Matching menu.

142

Color Matching Settings

EPSON Color Controls

Lets you manage color using controls in your printer software or turn off color management.

ColorSync

Prints using standard color profiles for your product and paper to help match image colors. You can

customize the conversion method and filter settings on the ColorSync pop-up menu in the print

window.

Parent topic: Managing Color - Mac

Selecting Printing Preferences - Mac

You can select printing preferences that apply to all the print jobs you send to your product.

1. In the Apple menu or the Dock, select System Preferences.

2. Select Print & Fax,Print & Scan, or Printers & Scanners, select your product, and select Options

& Supplies.

3. Select Driver or Options.

You see a screen like this:

143

4. Select any of the available printing preferences.

5. Click OK.

Printing Preferences - Mac

Parent topic: Printing with the Epson Standard Printer Software - Mac

Printing Preferences - Mac

You can select from these settings on the Options or Driver tab.

Thick Paper and Envelopes

Prevents ink from smearing when you print on envelopes or other thick paper.

Skip Blank Page

Ensures that your product does not print pages that contain no text or images.

Quiet Mode

Lessens noise during printing but may decrease print speed.

High Speed Printing

Speeds up printing but may reduce print quality.

Output documents for filing

Outputs all landscape, portrait, 1-sided, and 2-sided documents in the same orientation for easier

filing.

Warning Notifications

Lets you choose whether or not to receive warning notifications from the printer software for various

operating conditions.

Establish bidirectional communication

Allows the product to communicate with the computer. Do not change the default setting unless you

experience issues when using a shared printing pool.

Lower Cassette

Specifies whether the optional cassette is present.

Parent topic: Selecting Printing Preferences - Mac

Printing Your Document or Photo - Mac

Once you have selected your print settings, you are ready to print.

144

Click Print at the bottom of the print window.

Checking Print Status - Mac

Parent topic: Printing with the Epson Standard Printer Software - Mac

Checking Print Status - Mac

During printing, you can view the progress of your print job, control printing, and check ink status.

1. Click the printer icon when it appears in the Dock.

You see the print status window:

145

2. Select the following options as necessary for your Mac OS version:

• To cancel printing, click the print job and click or Delete.

• To pause a print job, click the print job and click or Hold. To resume a print job, click the

paused print job and click or Resume.

• To pause printing for all queued print jobs, click Pause or Pause Printer.

• To display other printer information, click Settings,Printer Settings, or Supply Levels.

Parent topic: Printing Your Document or Photo - Mac

Printing with the Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

You can print with the Epson Universal Print Driver using any Windows printing program, as described in

these sections.

Synchronizing Printer Settings - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Selecting Additional Layout and Print Options - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Selecting Maintenance Options - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Selecting Default Print Settings - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Locking Printer Settings - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Adding Network Printers - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Parent topic: Printing from a Computer

Synchronizing Printer Settings - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

You may need to synchronize the printer driver with the product if the printer driver does not detect the

correct information or settings from the product.

Note: You must sync the printer driver before you can use any optional equipment installed on the

product, such as an optional cassette unit.

1. Do one of the following:

•Windows 10: Click and select (Settings) > Devices >Printers & scanners. Select

EPSON Universal Print Driver and select Manage >Printer properties.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Control Panel >Hardware and Sound >

Devices and Printers. Right-click EPSON Universal Print Driver and select Printer properties.

146

•Windows 7: Click and select Devices and Printers. Right-click EPSON Universal Print

Driver and select Printer properties.

•Windows Vista: Click and select Control Panel. Click Printer under Hardware and Sound,

then right-click EPSON Universal Print Driver and select Properties.

2. Click the Optional Settings tab.

You see this window:

3. Make sure Acquire from Printer is selected and click Get.

Note: Select the Only Optional Information checkbox if you only want to enable optional

equipment, such as an optional cassette unit.

The product's settings and other information appears in the Current Printer Information area.

4. Click OK.

147

Parent topic: Printing with the Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Related tasks

Enabling the Optional Paper Cassette - Windows

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Select the basic settings for the document or photo you want to print.

Note: The names of settings on the universal print driver screens may vary slightly, depending on the

version of the print driver you have installed.

1. Open a photo or document for printing.

2. Select the print command in your application.

Note: You may need to select a print icon on your screen, the Print option in the File menu, or

another command. See your application's help utility for details.

3. If necessary, select EPSON Universal Print Driver as the printer you want to use.

Note: You may also need to select Properties or Preferences to view your print settings.

148

You see the Main tab of your printer settings window:

Note: For more information about a setting, right-click it and select Help.

4. For the Paper Source setting, select where you loaded the paper you want to print on.

5. Select the size of the paper you loaded as the Document Size setting.

Note: You can also select the User-Defined setting to create a custom paper size.

6. Select the orientation of your document.

Note: If you are printing an envelope, select Landscape.

149

7. Select the type of paper you loaded as the Paper Type setting.

Note: The setting may not exactly match the name of your paper. Check the paper type settings list

for details.

8. Select the Quality setting that matches the print quality you want to use.

9. To print on both sides of the paper, select one of the 2-Sided Printing settings.

10. To print multiple pages on one sheet of paper, or print one image on multiple sheets of paper, select

one of the settings in the Multi-Page menu and select the printing options you want.

11. To print multiple copies and arrange their print order, select the Copies options.

12. To preview your job before printing, select Print Preview.

13. To save your print job as a project that can be modified and combined with other print jobs, select

Job Arranger Lite.

Parent topic: Printing with the Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Related references

Paper or Media Type Settings - Printing Software

Paper Source Options - Windows

Print Quality Options - Windows

Multi-Page Printing Options - Windows

150

Selecting Additional Layout and Print Options - Epson Universal Print Driver -

Windows

You can select a variety of additional layout and printing options for your document or photo on the More

Options tab.

Note: For more information about a setting, right-click it and select Help.

1. To change the size of your printed document or photo, select the Reduce/Enlarge Document

checkbox and select one of these sizing options:

• Select the Fit to Page option to size your image to fit the paper you loaded. Select the size of your

document or photo as the Document Size setting, and the size of your paper as the Output

Paper setting. If you want to center your image on the paper, select the Center option.

• Select the Zoom to option to reduce or enlarge your document or photo by a specific percentage.

Select the percentage in the %menu.

151

2. Select Image Options to access additional settings for improving printed images.

3. To add the following features, click the Watermark Features button:

•Watermark: adds a visible watermark to your printout.

Note: Click the Add/Delete button to create your own watermark, and click the Settings button to

customize the watermark.

•Header/Footer: adds information such as the date and time to the top or bottom of your printout.

Note: Click the Settings button to customize the text and location of the header or footer.

4. To add a password to your print job, select the Confidential Job checkbox, then enter a password.

Confidential jobs are stored in the product's memory without being printed. To print the job, enter the

password for the confidential job on the product's control panel.

Note: Confidential print jobs are cleared from the product's memory after printing.

5. Select any of the Additional Settings options to customize your print.

Parent topic: Printing with the Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Related references

Header/Footer Settings - Windows

Image Options and Additional Settings - Windows

152

Selecting Maintenance Options - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

You can select maintenance and other optional settings on the Maintenance tab.

Note: For more information about a setting, right-click it and select Help.

•Nozzle Check lets you print a nozzle check pattern to check for clogged nozzles.

•Head Cleaning lets you clean the print head.

•Network printer search lets you search for and connect to a product on the network.

•Job Arranger Lite lets you save your print job as a project that can be modified and combined with

other print jobs.

•Extended Settings lets you change a variety of print settings.

•Print Queue displays all the print jobs in queue. You can also cancel or restart print jobs.

153

•Printer and Option Information displays information on the printer settings and any optional

equipment installed.

•Language lets you change the language of the printer software screens.

Extended Settings - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Parent topic: Printing with the Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Related concepts

Print Head Nozzle Check

Print Head Cleaning

Extended Settings - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

You can select from these settings on the Extended Settings window.

Printer Control Language

Lets you select the printer control language.

Graphics Mode

Lets you select the mode by which to output PDL commands to the product.

TrueType Font

Lets you select how you want to print TrueType fonts.

154

Offset Settings

Lets you make fine-tune adjustments to the print position of data on your printout.

Skip Blank Page

Ensures that your product does not print pages that contain no text or images.

Always Spool RAW Datatype

Increases print speed and may solve other printing problems.

Print as Bitmap

Increases print speed when printing is extremely slow or the print head stops during printing, and

other settings do not help.

Refine screening pattern

Prints graphics with a finer screening pattern.

Always Use the Driver's Paper Source Setting

Prints using the paper source setting in the printer driver, rather than the setting in your application.

Uses the collate settings specified in the application

Prints using the collate setting in your application.

Page Rendering Mode

Increases print speed when printing is extremely slow or the print head stops during printing.

Collate Using Printer Driver

Prints and collates multi-page documents using the printer driver. Deselect this checkbox to use the

product to collate your print jobs instead. (This setting is automatically enabled if there is not enough

memory on the product to collate your print job.)

Output 1 page documents facedown in 2-Sided mode

Outputs single-sided pages in a 2-sided print job facedown instead of faceup.

Output documents for filing

Outputs all landscape, portrait, 1-sided, and 2-sided documents in the same orientation for easier

filing.

Always Use the Driver's Color Setting

Prints using the color setting in the printer driver, rather than the setting in your application.

Parent topic: Selecting Maintenance Options - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Selecting Default Print Settings - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

When you change your print settings in a program, the changes apply only while you are printing in that

program session. If you want to change the print settings you use in all your Windows programs, you can

select new default print settings.

155

1. Do one of the following:

•Windows 10: Click and select (Settings) > Devices >Printers & scanners. Select

EPSON Universal Print Driver and select Manage >Printing Preferences.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Control Panel >Hardware and Sound >

Devices and Printers. Right-click EPSON Universal Print Driver and select Print Preferences.

•Windows 7: Click and select Devices and Printers. Right-click EPSON Universal Print

Driver and select Printing Preferences.

•Windows Vista: Click and select Control Panel. Click Printer under Hardware and Sound,

right-click EPSON Universal Print Driver, and select Printing Preferences.

You see the printer settings window:

Note: For more information about a setting, right-click it and select Help.

156

2. Select the print settings you want to use as defaults in all your Windows programs.

3. Click OK.

These settings are now the defaults selected for printing. You can still change them as needed for

printing in any program session.

Parent topic: Printing with the Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Locking Printer Settings - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Administrators can lock some printer settings to prevent unauthorized changes.

1. Do one of the following:

•Windows 10: Click and select (Settings) > Devices >Printers & scanners. Select

EPSON Universal Print Driver and select Manage >Printer properties.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Control Panel >Hardware and Sound >

Devices and Printers. Right-click EPSON Universal Print Driver and select Printer properties.

•Windows 7: Click and select Devices and Printers. Right-click EPSON Universal Print

Driver and select Printer properties.

•Windows Vista: Click and select Control Panel. Click Printer under Hardware and Sound,

then right-click EPSON Universal Print Driver and select Properties.

2. Click the Optional Settings tab.

3. Click Driver Settings.

157

You see this window:

4. Select the checkbox for the settings you want to lock. To lock all print settings, select All Document

Settings.

5. Under Advanced Settings, select the setting option you want to use for each locked setting.

6. Click OK.

Epson Universal Print Driver Locked Setting Options

Parent topic: Printing with the Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Epson Universal Print Driver Locked Setting Options

Select the options you want to use for any locked print settings.

158

Setting Options Description

Watermark Various text

watermarks

Lets you select the text for the watermark or prohibit

watermarks

Add/Delete Lets you add or delete a customized text or image-based

watermark

Settings Lets you select the size, position, and other watermark

settings

Header/Footer Off Prohibits headers or footers

On Allows headers and footers

Settings Lets you select the text and position for printing headers and

footers

2-sided printing Off Allows printing on only one side of the paper

On Allows printing on both sides of the paper

Multi-Page Off Prohibits multi-page settings

2-Up Allows printing of 2 pages on one sheet of paper

4-Up Allows printing of 4 pages on one sheet of paper

Parent topic: Locking Printer Settings - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

Adding Network Printers - Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

You can use the Epson Universal Print Driver to find and add network printers.

1. Do one of the following:

•Windows 10: Click and select (Settings) > Devices >Printers & scanners. Select

EPSON Universal Print Driver and select Manage >Printer properties.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Control Panel >Hardware and Sound >

Devices and Printers. Right-click EPSON Universal Print Driver and select Printer properties.

•Windows 7: Click and select Devices and Printers. Right-click EPSON Universal Print

Driver and select Printer properties.

•Windows Vista: Click and select Control Panel. Click Printer under Hardware and Sound,

then right-click EPSON Universal Print Driver and select Properties.

159

2. Click the Optional Settings tab.

You see this window:

3. Click Network printer search.

4. When you see the search results, select Add found printers.

160

You see a screen like this:

5. Select the printer or printers you want to add.

6. Click Add to Printer Folder.

The selected printer or printers appear in the lower section of the screen.

7. Select the checkbox next to the product you want to make your default printer, if necessary.

8. Click OK.

Parent topic: Printing with the Epson Universal Print Driver - Windows

161

Printing with the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Windows

You can print with the PostScript (PS3) printer software using any Windows printing program, as

described in these sections.

Note: The PostScript printer software supports products that are connected via Ethernet. If your product

is connected via USB, you will need to install the standard Epson printer software. To download the

standard Epson printer software, visit epson.com/support (U.S.), epson.ca/support (Canada), or

epson.com.jm/support (Caribbean) and select your product.

Enabling the Optional Paper Cassettes - PostScript Printer Software - Windows

Selecting Basic Print Settings - PostScript Printer Software - Windows

Selecting Additional Layout and Print Options - PostScript Printer Software - Windows

Selecting Default Print Settings - PostScript Printer Software - Windows

Parent topic: Printing from a Computer

Enabling the Optional Paper Cassettes - PostScript Printer Software - Windows

If you installed optional paper cassette units, you need to enable the optional cassette units before you

can use them with the PS3 printer software.

1. Do one of the following:

•Windows 10: Click and select (Settings) > Devices >Printers & scanners . Select your

product name and select Manage >Printer properties.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Control Panel >Hardware and Sound >

Devices and Printers. Right-click your product name and select Printer properties.

•Windows 7: Click and select Devices and Printers. Right-click your product name and select

Printer Properties.

•Windows Vista: Click and select Control Panel. Click Printer under Hardware and Sound,

then right-click your product name, and select Properties.

2. Click the Device Settings tab.

162

You see a window like this:

3. Select the number of optional cassettes installed as the Lower Cassette Unit setting.

4. Click OK.

The optional paper cassettes are now enabled.

Parent topic: Printing with the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Windows

Selecting Basic Print Settings - PostScript Printer Software - Windows

Select the basic settings for the document or photo you want to print.

The PostScript printer software supports plain paper printing on these paper and envelope sizes:

• Letter (8.5 × 11 inches [216 × 279 mm])

163

• A4 (8.3 × 11.7 inches [210 × 297 mm])

• Legal (8.5 × 14 inches [216 × 356 mm])

• A5 (5.8 × 8.2 inches [148 × 210 mm])

• B5 (7.2 × 10.1 inches [182 × 257 mm])

• A6 (4.1 × 5.8 inches [105 × 148 mm])

• B6 (5 × 7.2 inches [128 × 182 mm])

• Executive (7.25 × 10.5 inches [184 × 267 mm])

• Folio (8.5 × 13 inches [216 × 330 mm])

• No. 10 (4.1 × 9.5 inches [105 × 241 mm])

1. Open a photo or document for printing.

2. Select the print command in your application.

Note: You may need to select a print icon on your screen, the Print option in the File menu, or

another command. See your application's help utility for details.

3. If necessary, select your product name as the printer you want to use, and then click the

Preferences button.

164

You see the Paper/Quality tab of your printer settings window:

4. Select the Paper Source that matches where you loaded the paper you want to print on.

5. Select Plain as the Media setting.

6. Click the Layout tab.

165

You see this window:

7. Select the orientation of your document.

8. To print on both sides of the paper, select one of the Print on Both Sides settings.

9. To change the printing order of the pages, select one of the Page Order settings.

10. To print multiple pages on one sheet of paper, adjust the Pages per Sheet setting.

11. To create a folded booklet out of your photo or document, select the Booklet option.

Parent topic: Printing with the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Windows

Related references

Paper Source Options - Windows

166

Selecting Additional Layout and Print Options - PostScript Printer Software - Windows

You can select a variety of additional layout and printing options for your document or photo by clicking

the Advanced button on the Paper/Quality tab.

1. Select the size of the paper you loaded as the Paper Size setting.

2. Select the Print Quality option that matches the print quality you want to use.

3. Adjust the Scaling setting to reduce or enlarge your document or photo by a specific percentage.

4. Select the TrueType Font setting to determine font substitutes.

5. Enable the Advanced Printing Features setting to allow detailed settings for printing features.

6. Expand the PostScript Options heading to access the advanced PostScript printer software features.

7. Select any of the remaining Printer Features options to customize your printouts.

167

Parent topic: Printing with the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Windows

Selecting Default Print Settings - PostScript Printer Software - Windows

When you change your print settings in a program, the changes apply only while you are printing in that

program session. If you want to change the print settings you use in all your Windows programs, you can

select new default print settings.

1. Do one of the following:

•Windows 10: Click and select (Settings) > Devices >Printers & scanners. Select your

product name and select Manage >Printing preferences.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Control Panel >Hardware and Sound >

Devices and Printers. Right-click your product name and select Print Preferences.

•Windows 7: Click and select Devices and Printers. Right-click your product name and select

Printing Preferences.

•Windows Vista: Click and select Control Panel. Click Printer under Hardware and Sound,

right-click your product name, and select Printing Preferences.

2. Click the Layout tab.

168

You see the printer settings window:

3. Select the print settings you want to use as defaults in all your Windows programs.

4. Click OK.

These settings are now the defaults selected for printing. You can still change them as needed for

printing in any program session.

Parent topic: Printing with the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Windows

Printing with the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Mac

You can print with the PostScript (PS3) printer software using any Mac printing program, as described in

these sections.

169

Note: The PostScript printer software supports products that are connected via Ethernet. If your product

is connected via USB, you will need to install the standard Epson printer software. To download the

standard Epson printer software, visit epson.com/support (U.S.), epson.ca/support (Canada), or

epson.com.jm/support (Caribbean) and select your product.

Enabling the Optional Paper Cassettes - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

Selecting Basic Print Settings - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

Selecting Page Setup Settings - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

Selecting Print Layout Options - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

Sizing Printed Images - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

Managing Color - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

Printing Your Document or Photo - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

Parent topic: Printing from a Computer

Enabling the Optional Paper Cassettes - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

If you installed optional paper cassette units, you need to enable the optional cassette units before you

can use them with the PS3 printer software.

1. In the Apple menu or the Dock, select System Preferences.

2. Select Print & Fax,Print & Scan, or Printers & Scanners, select your product, and select Options

& Supplies.

3. Select Driver or Options.

170

You see a screen like this:

4. Select the number of optional cassettes installed as the Lower Cassette Unit setting.

5. Click OK.

The optional paper cassettes are now enabled.

Parent topic: Printing with the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Mac

Related tasks

Enabling the Optional Paper Cassette - Mac

Selecting Basic Print Settings - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

Select the basic settings for the document or photo you want to print.

The PostScript printer software supports plain paper printing on these paper and envelope sizes:

• A4 (8.3 × 11.7 inches [210 × 297 mm])

• Letter (8.5 × 11 inches [216 × 279 mm])

• No. 10 (4.1 × 9.5 inches [105 × 241 mm])

171

• A5 (5.8 × 8.2 inches [148 × 210 mm])

• B5 (7.2 × 10.1 inches [182 × 257 mm])

• A6 (4.1 × 5.8 inches [105 × 148 mm])

• B6 (5 × 7.2 inches [128 × 182 mm])

• Executive (7.25 × 10.5 inches [184 × 267 mm])

• Legal (8.5 × 14 inches [216 × 356 mm])

• Folio (8.5 × 13 inches [216 × 330 mm])

1. Open a photo or document for printing.

2. Select the print command in your application.

Note: You may need to select a print icon on your screen, the Print option in the File menu, or

another command. See your application's help utility for details.

3. Select your product as the Printer setting.

4. If necessary, click the arrow next to the Printer setting or the Show Details button to expand the

print window.

172

You see the expanded printer settings window for your product:

Note: The print window may look different, depending on the Mac OS version and the application

you are using.

5. Select the Two-Sided,Copies, and Pages settings as necessary.

Note: If you do not see these settings in the print window, check for them in your application before

printing.

173

6. Select the page setup options: Paper Size and Orientation.

Note: If you do not see these settings in the print window, check for them in your application before

printing. They may be accessible by selecting Page Setup from the File menu.

7. Select any application-specific settings that appear on the screen, such as those shown in the image

above for the Preview application.

8. Select Paper Feed from the pop-up menu.

You see these settings:

9. Select All Pages From or First Page From and select the paper source you want to print from.

174

10. Select Printer Features from the pop-up menu.

You see these settings:

11. Select Plain as the Media Type setting.

12. Select one of the following Print Quality options:

• For fast printing with reduced quality, select Fast.

• For printing text and graphics with good quality and print speed, select Fine.

• For the best printing with reduced speed, select Maximum.

13. Select any of the available print options.

Parent topic: Printing with the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Mac

Related tasks

Selecting Page Setup Settings - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

175

Selecting Print Layout Options - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

Printing Your Document or Photo - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

Selecting Page Setup Settings - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

Depending on your application, you may be able to select the paper size and orientation settings from

the print window.

Note: If you do not see these settings in the print window, check for them in your application before

printing. They may be accessible by selecting Page Setup from the File menu.

1. Select the size of the paper you loaded as the Paper Size setting. You can also select a custom

setting to create a custom paper size.

2. Select the orientation of your document or photo as shown in the print window.

Note: You can reduce or enlarge the size of the printed image by selecting Paper Handling from the

pop-up menu and selecting a scaling option.

Parent topic: Printing with the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Mac

Related tasks

Selecting Basic Print Settings - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

176

Selecting Print Layout Options - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

You can select a variety of layout options for your document or photo by selecting Layout from the pop-

up menu on the print window.

• To print multiple pages on one sheet of paper, select the number of pages in the Pages per Sheet

pop-up menu. To arrange the print order of the pages, select a Layout Direction setting.

• To print borders around each page on the sheet, select a line setting from the Border pop-up menu.

• To print on both sides of the page, select one of the Two-Sided settings.

• To invert or flip the printed image, select the Reverse page orientation or Flip horizontally settings.

Parent topic: Printing with the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Mac

177

Sizing Printed Images - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

You can adjust the size of the image as you print it by selecting Paper Handling from the pop-up menu

on the Print window.

• To print only selected pages in a multi-page document, select an option from the Pages to Print pop-

up menu.

• To adjust the order in which pages are printed, select an option from the Page Order pop-up menu.

• To scale the image to fit on a specific paper size, select the Scale to fit paper size checkbox and

select a paper size from the Destination Paper Size pop-up menu.

Parent topic: Printing with the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Mac

Managing Color - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

You can adjust the Color Matching settings to fine-tune the colors in your printout.

178

1. Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu in the print window.

2. Do one of the following:

• To print using standard color profiles for your product and paper to help match image colors,

select ColorSync. Select one of the available Profile options to change the active color profile.

• To use the product's default color matching, select In printer.

Parent topic: Printing with the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Mac

Printing Your Document or Photo - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

Once you have selected your print settings, you are ready to print.

Click Print at the bottom of the print window.

Checking Print Status - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

179

Parent topic: Printing with the PostScript (PS3) Printer Software - Mac

Checking Print Status - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

During printing, you can view the progress of your print job, control printing, and check ink status.

1. Click the printer icon when it appears in the Dock.

You see the print status window:

2. Select the following options as necessary for your Mac OS version:

• To cancel printing, click the print job and click or Delete.

• To pause a print job, click the print job and click or Hold. To resume a print job, click the

paused print job and click or Resume.

• To pause printing for all queued print jobs, click Pause or Pause Printer.

• To display other printer information, click Settings or Supply Levels.

Parent topic: Printing Your Document or Photo - PostScript Printer Software - Mac

Cancelling Printing Using a Product Button

If you need to cancel printing in progress, press the stop button.

If you want to cancel stored jobs or jobs waiting to print, follow the instructions below.

1. Press the Job/Status button.

180

2. Select the Active tab.

3. Select the job you want to cancel and select Cancel.

4. Select Yes at the confirmation screen.

Parent topic: Printing from a Computer

181

Scanning

You can scan your originals and save them as digital files.

Starting a Scan

Scanning with Document Capture or Document Capture Pro

Scanning in Epson Scan 2

Scanning Special Projects

Starting a Scan

After placing your originals on your product for scanning, start scanning using one of these methods.

Note: You can also scan using Document Capture Pro (Windows) or Document Capture (Mac).

Starting a Scan Using the Product Control Panel

Starting a Scan Using the Epson Scan 2 Icon

Starting a Scan from a Scanning Program

Starting a Scan from a Smart Device

Entering a User ID and Password for Scanning

Parent topic: Scanning

Related topics

Scanning with Document Capture or Document Capture Pro

Placing Originals on the Product

Starting a Scan Using the Product Control Panel

You can scan an image to a variety of destinations using your product's control panel.

1. Make sure you installed the product software and connected the product to your computer or

network.

Note: Restart your computer after installing the product software to enable scanning from the control

panel.

182

2. Place your original on the product for scanning.

Note: To scan a double-sided or multi-page document, place your originals in the ADF.

3. Press the home button, if necessary.

4. Select Scan.

You see a screen like this:

5. Select one of the following Scan to options:

•Network Folder/FTP saves your scan file to a specified folder on a network.

•Email lets you send scanned files through a pre-configured email server.

•Document Capture Pro lets you scan over a network using your saved job settings in Document

Capture Pro or Document Capture.

Note: You cannot use this option to scan an image to Document Capture or Document Capture

Pro when your product is connected to your computer's USB port.

•Memory Device saves your scan file on a USB device inserted in your product's external USB

port and lets you select the file format, quality, and other settings.

•Cloud sends your scanned files to a destination that you have registered with Epson Connect.

•Computer (WSD) lets you manage network scanning in Windows. To use this feature on

Windows 7 or Windows Vista, you must first set up WSD (Web Services for Devices) on the

computer.

6. Follow the instructions in the links below to complete your scan.

Scanning to a Network Folder or FTP Server

183

Scanning to Email

Adding and Assigning Scan Jobs with Document Capture Pro - Windows

Adding and Assigning Scan Jobs with Document Capture - Mac

Scanning to a Memory Device

Scanning to the Cloud

Scanning Using Web Services for Devices (WSD) - Windows

Control Panel Scanning Options

Parent topic: Starting a Scan

Related tasks

Using Presets

Entering Characters on the LCD Screen

Related topics

Placing Originals on the Product

Scanning to a Network Folder or FTP Server

You can scan an image and save it to a network folder using your product's control panel. You can either

enter the folder path directly on the product's control panel or select a folder from the Contacts list.

Note: Make sure the date and time are set correctly before using this feature.

1. Place your original on the product for scanning.

Note: To scan a double-sided or multi-page document, place your originals in the ADF.

2. Press the home button, if necessary.

3. Select Scan.

184

You see a screen like this:

4. Select Network Folder/FTP.

You see a screen like this:

5. Do one of the following:

• Select from any displayed frequent contacts.

• Select Keyboard, select the Communication Mode field, and select Network Folder (SMB) or

FTP. Then select the Location field and enter the folder location, and press OK. Enter other

information as necessary.

Enter the folder path name for the Location setting in one of the following formats depending on

the Communication Mode setting you selected:

•SMB: \\host name\folder

•FTP: ftp://host name/folder name

185

• Select Contacts and choose a saved folder from the Contacts list.

6. Select Scan Settings.

7. Select File Format to choose the file format for your scan.

8. Scroll down and change the File Name setting, if necessary.

9. Select any additional scan settings as necessary.

10. Select Presets to save your scan settings.

Note: Presets can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access or change this setting,

contact your administrator for assistance.

11. Press the Save icon.

Your product scans your original and saves it in the selected location.

Parent topic: Starting a Scan Using the Product Control Panel

Related tasks

Entering Characters on the LCD Screen

Selecting the Date and Time

Related topics

Placing Originals on the Product

Scanning to Email

You can scan an original and email the scanned file using your product's control panel. You need to

have a preconfigured email server before you can scan to email. You can either enter the email address

directly on the product's control panel or select an address from the Contacts list. Make sure the date

and time are set correctly so the time stamps on your emails are accurate.

Note: You can also use the Scan to Document Capture Pro function to scan and email the scanned file.

1. Place your original on the product for scanning.

Note: To scan a double-sided or multi-page document, place all of the pages in the ADF.

2. Press the home button, if necessary.

3. Select Scan.

186

You see a screen like this:

4. Select Email.

You see a screen like this:

5. Do one of the following:

• Select from any displayed frequent contacts.

• Select Keyboard to use the displayed keyboard to enter the address for the recipient and press

OK.

• Select Contacts and choose an email address from the Contacts list.

• Select History to choose an email address from your recent scan history.

6. Select Scan Settings.

7. Select File Format to choose the file format for your scan.

8. Scroll down and change the Subject and File Name settings, if necessary.

187

9. Select any additional scan settings as necessary.

10. Select Presets to save your scan settings.

Note: Presets can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access or change this setting,

contact your administrator for assistance.

11. Press the Send icon.

Your product scans your original and emails the scanned file.

Parent topic: Starting a Scan Using the Product Control Panel

Adding and Assigning Scan Jobs with Document Capture Pro - Windows

You can use Document Capture Pro to create, edit, and delete scan jobs. Scan jobs allow you to save

commonly-used scanning options. You can also determine which scan jobs are listed when you scan to

Document Capture Pro using the control panel on your product.

Note: The settings may vary, depending on the software version you are using. See the help information

in Document Capture Pro for details.

1. Do one of the following to start Document Capture Pro:

•Windows 10: Click and select Epson Software >Document Capture Pro.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Document Capture Pro.

•Windows (other versions): Click or Start, and select All Programs or Programs. Select

Epson Software >Document Capture Pro.

You see the Document Capture Pro window.

2. If you see a Switch to Simple View button in the upper right corner of the window, click it.

188

You see a window like this:

3. Click the Job Settings button.

Note: If you do not see the button, click the <symbol in the Job bar.

189

You see a window like this:

4. To add a scan job, click the New Job icon, enter a name for the new job, select settings as

necessary, and click OK.

You can now use the new scan job when you scan with Document Capture Pro.

Note: See the Help information in Document Capture Pro for details.

5. To add the scan job to the list of selectable jobs when scanning to Document Capture Pro from the

control panel, click the Button Assignment icon.

6. Select the job that you want to add to the list from the drop-down list.

Note: You can assign scan jobs to each available button assignment. The order of the assigned

scan jobs is also the order in which the scan jobs appear on the control panel.

7. Click OK, then click OK again.

190

You can now select the assigned scan job when you scan to Document Capture Pro using your

product's control panel.

Parent topic: Starting a Scan Using the Product Control Panel

Related topics

Placing Originals on the Product

Adding and Assigning Scan Jobs with Document Capture - Mac

You can use Document Capture to create, edit, and delete scan jobs. Scan jobs allow you to save

commonly-used scanning options. You can also determine which scan jobs are listed when you scan to

Document Capture using the control panel on your product.

1. Start Document Capture on a computer connected to the product.

2. Click the Manage Job icon from the toolbar at the top of the window.

You see a window showing the current scan job list.

3. To add a scan job, click the +icon, enter a name for the new job, select settings as necessary, and

click OK.

You can now use the new scan job when you scan with Document Capture.

Note: See the Help information in Document Capture for details.

4. To add the scan job to the list of selectable jobs when scanning to Document Capture from the

control panel, click the icon at the bottom of the window and click Event Settings.

5. Select the job that you want to add to the list from the 1drop-down list.

Note: You can assign scan jobs to each available button assignment. The order of the assigned

scan jobs is also the order in which the scan jobs appear on the control panel.

6. Click OK, then click OK again.

You can now select the assigned scan job when you scan to Document Capture using your product's

control panel.

Parent topic: Starting a Scan Using the Product Control Panel

Scanning to a Memory Device

You can scan an original and save the scanned image to a external USB device connected to your

product.

191

1. Insert a external USB device into the product's USB port.

2. Place your original on the product for scanning.

Note: To scan a double-sided or multi-page document, place all of the pages in the ADF.

3. Press the home button, if necessary.

4. Select Scan.

You see a screen like this:

5. Select Memory Device.

You see a screen like this:

6. Select Basic Settings options as necessary.

7. Select the Advanced tab and select options as necessary.

192

8. Select Presets to save your scan settings.

Note: Presets can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access or change this setting,

contact your administrator for assistance.

9. Press the Save icon.

Your product scans your original and saves the scanned file to a memory device.

Parent topic: Starting a Scan Using the Product Control Panel

Scanning to the Cloud

You can use the control panel to send your scanned files to a destination that you have registered with

Epson Connect.

Note: Make sure to set up your product using Epson Connect before using this feature.

1. Place your original on the product for scanning.

Note: To scan a double-sided or multi-page document, place all of the pages in the ADF.

2. Press the home button, if necessary.

3. Select Scan.

You see a screen like this:

4. Select Cloud.

193

You see a screen like this:

5. Press the plus sign and select a cloud destination.

6. Select Basic Settings options as necessary.

7. Select the Advanced tab and select options as necessary.

8. Select Presets to save your scan settings.

Note: Presets can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access or change this setting,

contact your administrator for assistance.

9. Press the Upload icon.

Your product scans your original and saves the scanned file to the selected destination.

Parent topic: Starting a Scan Using the Product Control Panel

Scanning Using Web Services for Devices (WSD) - Windows

You can scan originals to a computer from the product control panel using WSD (Web Services for

Devices) for network scanning in Windows 10, Windows 8.x, Windows 7, or Windows Vista (English

only).

Note: To use this feature on Windows 7 or Windows Vista, you must first set up WSD on the computer.

See Windows help for instructions.

1. Make sure you installed the product software and connected the product to your computer or

network.

2. Place your original on the product for scanning.

3. Press the home button, if necessary.

194

4. Select Scan.

5. Select Computer (WSD).

6. Select a computer.

7. Select the Start icon.

The scanned image is transferred to the selected computer.

Parent topic: Starting a Scan Using the Product Control Panel

Control Panel Scanning Options

Select the options you want to use for scanning.

Note: Not all options or settings may be available, depending on the Scan to option selected.

Scan to setting Available options Description

Destination menu

Keyboard Communication

Mode

Lets you select Network Folder (SMB) or FTP

Location Lets you enter a folder path in which to save

scanned images

User Name Lets you enter a user name for the selected

folder path

Password Lets you enter a password for the selected folder

path

Connection Mode Lets you select the connection mode

Port Number Lets you enter a port number

Contacts — Select an email address or folder path to send or

save scanned images

Scan Settings menu

Color Mode Color Select whether to scan images in color or black

and white

B&W

195

Scan to setting Available options Description

File Format JPEG Select for photos. You can also select the

Compression Ratio.

PDF Select for documents. You can also select the

Compression Ratio and PDF Settings.

TIFF (Single Page) Select for scanned files that you can print from a

device. Multi Page TIFF documents are scanned

in black and white.

TIFF (Multi Page)

Resolution 200dpi Select for documents

300dpi Select for photos

600dpi Select for highest quality printing

2-Sided 1-Sided

2-Sided

Lets you scan 2-sided originals placed in the

ADF. If you select 2-Sided, you can also select

the Binding (Original) setting.

Orientation

(Original)

Lets you specify the direction of text on the

scanned originals:

Binding (Original) Lets you specify which side of the scanned

original is bound.

Scan Area Various sizes Select the page size for documents

Auto Cropping Select for photos with dark edges

Max Area Select for most photos

Original Type Text Specifies the type of original you are scanning

Text & Image

Photo

Density –4 to +4 Adjusts the lightness or darkness of scanned

images.

Remove Shadow On Select Center to erase the shadows that appear

in the center of a document when copying a

book or Surround to remove the shadows that

appear around a document when copying thick

paper

Off

196

Scan to setting Available options Description

Remove Punch Holes On Erases the binding holes on a document. Select

the side of the original with the binding holes and

select the orientation of the original (Up

Direction or Left Direction). Enter the distance

in mm to erase from the edge of the original in

the Erase Amount field.

Off

Subject — Lets you enter a subject for your email

Attached File Max Size Various sizes Lets you select the maximum file size that can

be attached to an email

File Name — Lets you enter a prefix, the date, and the time to

the file name for your scanned file

Note: When you turn on password settings, you can use the LCD screen keyboard to set the password.

Parent topic: Starting a Scan Using the Product Control Panel

Starting a Scan Using the Epson Scan 2 Icon

You can start the Epson Scan 2 program to select scan settings, scan, and save the scanned image to a

file.

Note: If you are using your Epson product with the Windows 10 S operating system, you cannot use the

software described in this section. You also cannot download and install any Epson product software

from the Epson website for use with Windows 10 S; you must obtain software only from the Windows

Store.

•Windows 10: Click and select EPSON >Epson Scan 2.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Epson Scan 2.

•Windows (other versions): Click or Start, and select All Programs or Programs. Select EPSON

>Epson Scan 2 >Epson Scan 2.

•Mac: Open the Applications folder, open the Epson Software folder, and select Epson Scan 2.

197

You see an Epson Scan 2 window like this:

Parent topic: Starting a Scan

Related tasks

Entering a User ID and Password for Scanning

Starting a Scan from a Scanning Program

198

Related topics

Placing Originals on the Product

Starting a Scan from a Scanning Program

You can start Epson Scan 2 from a TWAIN-compliant scanning program to select scan settings, scan,

and open the scanned image in the program.

Note: If you are using your Epson product with the Windows 10 S operating system, you cannot use the

software described in this section. You also cannot download and install any Epson product software

from the Epson website for use with Windows 10 S; you must obtain software only from the Windows

Store.

1. Open your scanning program and select its scanning option. (See your scanning program help for

instructions.)

2. Select your product.

Note: In certain programs, you may need to select your product as the "source" first. If you see a

Select Source option, choose it and select your product. With Windows, do not select a WIA option

for your product; it will not work correctly.

199

You see an Epson Scan 2 window like this:

Parent topic: Starting a Scan

Related tasks

Entering a User ID and Password for Scanning

Related topics

Placing Originals on the Product

200

Starting a Scan from a Smart Device

You can start a scan from a smart device using the Epson iPrint app. You can save the scanned

document to your device or a cloud service, e-mail it, or print it.

Note: If you are using your Epson product with the Windows 10 S operating system, you cannot use the

software described in this section. You also cannot download and install any Epson product software

from the Epson website for use with Windows 10 S; you must obtain software only from the Windows

Store.

Note: Your device must be connected to the same wireless network as your Epson product. If you have

an NFC-enabled device, you can also scan with the Epson iPrint app by placing the device against the

NFC tag on the front of the product.

1. Download the Epson iPrint app from your device's app store or from Epson's website.

2. Place your original on the product for scanning.

3. Open the Epson iPrint app and select your product.

4. Select the scan settings and scan your original.

5. Save your scanned image to a file or cloud location.

Parent topic: Starting a Scan

Entering a User ID and Password for Scanning

If you enabled Access Control on your product, a user ID and password may be required to scan. You

can enter the user ID and password in Epson Scan 2.

Note: If you do not know the user ID or password, contact your administrator for assistance.

1. Start Epson Scan 2.

2. Select Settings from the Scanner drop-down list.

201

You see this window:

3. Select Access Control.

4. Enter your user name and password.

5. Click OK.

Parent topic: Starting a Scan

Scanning with Document Capture or Document Capture Pro

Follow the instructions in these sections to scan using Document Capture (Mac) or Document Capture

Pro (Windows).

Note: The Document Capture (Mac) or Document Capture Pro (Windows) software must be installed on

your computer.

Setting the Operation Mode on the Product Control Panel

Scanning with Document Capture Pro in Simple View - Windows

Scanning with Document Capture Pro in Standard View - Windows

Scanning with Document Capture - Mac

Parent topic: Scanning

202

Related topics

Placing Originals on the Product

Setting the Operation Mode on the Product Control Panel

Before scanning to Document Capture Pro, set the operation mode on the control panel.

1. Make sure you installed the product software and connected the product to your computer or

network.

2. Press the home button, if necessary.

3. Select Settings.

4. Select General Settings >Scan Settings >Document Capture Pro.

5. Choose from the following Operation Mode options:

• Select Client Mode if Document Capture Pro is installed on a Windows or Mac computer.

• Select Server Mode if Document Capture Pro is installed on a Windows Server computer. Enter

the server address.

6. Select OK.

Parent topic: Scanning with Document Capture or Document Capture Pro

Scanning with Document Capture Pro in Simple View - Windows

You can use Document Capture Pro in Simple View to quickly select options and scan.

Note: The settings may vary, depending on the software version you are using. See the help information

in Document Capture Pro for details.

203

1. Load your original in the product.

2. Do one of the following to start Document Capture Pro:

•Windows 10: Click and select Epson Software >Document Capture Pro.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Document Capture Pro.

•Windows (other versions): Click or Start, and select All Programs or Programs. Select

Epson Software >Document Capture Pro.

You see the Document Capture Pro window. (You may see a screen asking you to select your

scanner first; if you do, select your product.)

3. If you see a Switch to Simple View button in the upper right corner of the window, click it.

You see a window like this:

4. Click Select Scanner and select your scanner from the scanner list, if necessary.

5. If you want to use a scan job, click one of the job icons in the Job section of the window to complete

and send your scan with one click.

Note: If you do not see any icons, click the <symbol in the Job bar.

204

6. If you want to select scan settings for a particular destination, click the Scan Settings button, select

any displayed settings you want to use, and click OK.

Note: See the help information in Document Capture Pro for details. If you do not see the Scan

Settings button, click the <symbol in the Scan and... bar.

7. Click one of the destination icons in the Scan and... section of the window. Your product starts

scanning and you see the settings window.

8. Select any destination settings as necessary and click OK.

Note: See the help information in Document Capture Pro for details.

9. Confirm your settings and click OK.

Parent topic: Scanning with Document Capture or Document Capture Pro

205

Scanning with Document Capture Pro in Standard View - Windows

You can use Document Capture Pro in Standard View to select settings, preview, and change the

scanned file settings as necessary.

Note: The settings may vary, depending on the software version you are using. See the help information

in Document Capture Pro for details.

1. Load your original in the product.

2. Do one of the following to start Document Capture Pro:

•Windows 10: Click and select Epson Software >Document Capture Pro.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Document Capture Pro.

•Windows (other versions): Click or Start, and select All Programs or Programs. Select

Epson Software >Document Capture Pro.

You see the Document Capture Pro window. (You may see a screen asking you to select your

scanner first; if you do, select your product.)

3. If you see a Switch to Standard View button in the upper right corner of the window, click it.

You see a window like this:

206

4. Select Scan Settings from the Scan Setting Name list (or select Scan >Scan Settings from the

menu bar).

You see a window like this:

5. Select any displayed settings you want to use and click OK.

Note: See the help information in Document Capture Pro for details.

6. Click Scan.

207

You see a preview of your scan in the Document Capture Pro window.

Note: You may have to close the Epson Scan 2 window to view your scan in the Document Capture

Pro window.

7. If you would like to scan additional originals and add them to the current captured images, click the

Add Page(s) icon and follow the instructions on the screen.

8. Check the scanned images and edit them as necessary.

Note: See the help information in Document Capture Pro for details.

9. Click one of the Destination icons to choose where to send your scanned files. (If you cannot see all

of the icons below, click the arrows next to the icons.)

10. Depending on the destination you chose, click OK or Send to complete the scan.

Parent topic: Scanning with Document Capture or Document Capture Pro

208

Scanning with Document Capture - Mac

When you scan with Document Capture, the program automatically saves your scanned file on your

computer in the folder you specify. You can select settings, preview, and change the scanned file

settings as necessary.

Note: The settings may vary, depending on the software version you are using. See the Help information

in Document Capture for details.

1. Load your original in the product.

2. Open the Applications folder, open the Epson Software folder, and select Document Capture.

You see a window like this:

Note: You may need to select your scanner from the scanner list.

3. Click the Scan icon.

209

You see a window like this:

Note: If you want to use a scan job that you created instead, select it from the Job list in the

Document Capture window, click the Start Job button, and skip the rest of these steps.

4. Select any displayed scan settings you want to use.

Note: See the Help information in Document Capture for details.

5. If you want to select detailed scan settings, close the Scan Settings window, open the Scan menu at

the top of the Mac desktop, and select Displays the EPSON Scan Setup Screen.

6. Click the Scan icon and select any detailed scan settings you want to use from the Epson Scan 2

window.

7. Click Scan.

210

You see a preview of your scan in the Document Capture window.

Note: You may have to close the Epson Scan 2 window to view your scan in the Document Capture

window.

8. If you would like to scan additional originals and add them to the current captured images, click the +

icon, select Acquire from Scanner, and repeat the previous steps.

9. Check the scanned images and edit them as necessary.

10. Click one of the Destination icons to choose where to send your scanned files. (If you cannot see all

of the icons below, click the arrow next to the icons.)

11. Depending on the destination you chose, click OK or Send to complete the operation.

Parent topic: Scanning with Document Capture or Document Capture Pro

211

Scanning in Epson Scan 2

Epson Scan 2 automatically scans your document and saves the scanned file in PDF format in your

operating system's Documents or My Documents folder, or opens it in your scanning program. You can

select settings, preview, and change the scanned file settings as necessary.

Note: If you are using your Epson product with the Windows 10 S operating system, you cannot use the

software described in this section. You also cannot download and install any Epson product software

from the Epson website for use with Windows 10 S; you must obtain software only from the Windows

Store.

1. Start Epson Scan 2.

212

You see this window:

2. Select the Document Source setting that matches where you placed your original, or select Auto

Detect to have Epson Scan 2 automatically detect the source.

3. Select the Document Size setting that matches the size of your original. You can select Customize

to enter a custom size, if necessary.

4. Select the image type of your original and how you want it scanned as the Image Type setting.

213

5. Select the Resolution setting you want to use for your scan.

6. Click the Preview button.

Epson Scan 2 previews your original and displays the results in the Epson Scan 2 window.

7. Reinsert your original into the ADF, if necessary.

8. Select any of the additional settings that you want to use on the Main Settings tab.

9. Click the Advanced Settings tab and select any settings that you want to use.

10. Select the format in which you want to save your scanned file as the Image Format setting. If

necessary, select Options and select any desired format options.

11. Enter the file name for your scanned file in the File Name field. If necessary, select Settings to

modify the file name settings.

12. Select the location in which you want to save your scanned file as the Folder setting. If necessary,

select Select to create a new folder.

13. Click Scan.

The product scans your original and saves the scanned file in the location you specified.

Available Document Source Settings

Additional Scanning Settings - Main Settings Tab

214

Additional Scanning Settings - Advanced Settings Tab

Saving Scanned Documents as a Searchable PDF Using Epson Scan 2

Image Format Options

Scan Resolution Guidelines

Parent topic: Scanning

Related topics

Placing Originals on the Product

Available Document Source Settings

You can select these Document Source options in Epson Scan 2:

Auto Detect

Automatically detects where the originals are placed on your product for scanning.

ADF

Selects the Automatic Document Feeder as the location where the originals are placed on your

product for scanning.

Scanner Glass

Selects the scanner glass as the location where the originals are placed on your product for scanning.

Parent topic: Scanning in Epson Scan 2

Additional Scanning Settings - Main Settings Tab

You can select these additional scanning settings on the Epson Scan 2 Main Settings tab. Not all

adjustment settings may be available, depending on other settings you have chosen.

Stitch Images

When scanning double-sided originals, lets you lay out images from both sides of the original onto

one scanned page.

Rotate

Rotates the original image clockwise to the desired angle before scanning it. Select Auto to allow

your product to automatically rotate the image based on the orientation of the text (may take longer to

scan).

Correct Document Skew

Corrects skewed originals, image contents, or both.

Add or edit pages after scanning

Lets you add, remove, or edit the pages in a job, including rotating pages and changing the page

order.

215

Note: To save multiple pages in a single file, you must select a file format that supports multiple

pages such as PDF or Multi-TIFF. If you select another file format, each scanned image or page is

saved as a separate file.

Skip Blank Pages

If the scanner detects marks from the other side of a blank page and adds the marks to the scanned

image, adjust this setting to prevent this.

Parent topic: Scanning in Epson Scan 2

Additional Scanning Settings - Advanced Settings Tab

You can select these additional scanning settings on the Epson Scan 2 Advanced Settings tab. Not all

adjustment settings may be available, depending on other settings you have chosen.

Remove Background

Removes the background of the originals.

Text Enhancement

Sharpens the appearance of letters in text documents.

Auto Area Segmentation

Makes black and white images clearer and text recognition more accurate by separating the text from

the graphics.

Threshold

Adjusts the level at which black areas in text and line art are delineated, improving text recognition in

OCR (Optical Character Recognition) programs.

Color Enhance

Enhances the shades of the color you select in the scanned image. This setting is available only if you

select Grayscale or Black & White as the Image Type setting.

Brightness

Adjusts the overall lightness and darkness of the scanned image.

Contrast

Adjusts the difference between the light and dark areas of the overall scanned image.

Gamma

Adjusts the midtone density of the scanned image.

Unsharp Mask

Makes the edges of certain image areas clearer. Turn off this option to leave softer edges.

216

Descreening

Removes the ripple pattern that might appear in subtly shaded image areas, such as skin tones. This

option improves results when scanning magazines or newspapers. (The results of descreening do not

appear in the preview image, only in your scanned image.)

Edge Fill

Corrects shadowing around the edges of the image by filling the shadows with black or white.

Dual Image Output

Scans the original image twice using different output settings (Windows only).

Parent topic: Scanning in Epson Scan 2

Saving Scanned Documents as a Searchable PDF Using Epson Scan 2

You can scan a document and save the text in a searchable PDF. In a searchable PDF, text is

recognized using Optical Character Recognition (OCR) and then embedded in the scanned original.

Note: The required Epson Scan 2 OCR Component is installed automatically when you install your

product software as instructed on the Start Here sheet. If you install your scanner software programs

individually, be sure to also install this component if you want to perform OCR.

1. Load your original in the product for scanning.

2. Start Epson Scan 2.

3. Select your scan settings.

4. Click Preview and adjust the area you want to scan, if necessary.

5. If you are using the ADF, reload the ejected original.

6. Select Searchable PDF as the Image Format setting.

7. Select Options from the Image Format list.

217

You see this window:

8. Select any of the options on the General tab.

9. Select the Text tab.

10. Make sure the language used in the document text is selected as the Text Language setting.

11. Click OK.

12. Confirm the File Name setting and select a Folder setting for your document.

13. Click Scan.

The scanned image is saved as a searchable PDF.

Parent topic: Scanning in Epson Scan 2

Related topics

Placing Originals on the Product

218

Image Format Options

You can select different image formats and related options. For details on available options, click the ?

icon on the Epson Scan 2 Image Format Options window. Not all image formats have options.

Bitmap (*.bmp)

A standard image file format for most Windows programs.

JPEG (*.jpg)

An image format that lets you highly compress image data. However, the higher the compression, the

lower the image quality. (The TIFF format is recommended when you need to modify or retouch your

scanned image.)

PNG (*.webp)

An image format that does not lose quality during editing.

TIFF (*.tif)

A file format created for exchanging data between many programs, such as graphic and DTP

software.

Multi-TIFF (*.tif)

A TIFF file format when multiple pages are saved to the same file, allowing you to edit the images

using a compatible program.

PDF (*.pdf)

A document format that is readable by Windows and Mac systems using Adobe Reader, Acrobat, or

other programs. You can save multi-page documents in one PDF file.

Searchable PDF (*.pdf)

A document format that is readable by Windows and Mac systems using Adobe Reader, Acrobat, or

other programs. You can save multi-page documents in one PDF file. Recognized text in the scanned

document can be searched.

Parent topic: Scanning in Epson Scan 2

Scan Resolution Guidelines

The Resolution setting, measured in dpi (dots per inch), controls the amount of detail captured in your

scans. Increasing the resolution raises the amount of detail captured but comes with the following

disadvantages:

• Larger file sizes

• It takes longer to scan your originals, send/receive your scans by email or fax, and to print your scans

• The image may become too large to fit on your display or print on paper

219

If you plan to enlarge a scanned image so you can print it at a larger size, you may need to increase the

resolution from the default resolution set by Epson Scan 2. Follow these guidelines to determine the

resolution setting you need:

• You will scan the image at its original size but enlarge it later in an image-editing program.

Increase the Epson Scan 2 Resolution setting in your scan. Increase the resolution by the same

amount you will increase the image size to retain a high image quality. For example, if the resolution is

300 dpi (dots per inch) and you will double the image size later, change the Resolution setting to 600

dpi.

• You will scan the image at 100% or smaller size.

Select the Epson Scan 2 Resolution setting based on how you will use the scanned image:

• Email/view on a computer screen/post on the web: 96 to 200 dpi

• Print/fax/convert to editable text (OCR)/create searchable PDF: 200 to 300 dpi

Parent topic: Scanning in Epson Scan 2

Scanning Special Projects

Your product's scanning software offers various options to help you quickly complete special scan

projects.

Scanning to a SharePoint Server or Cloud Service - Windows

Scanning to a SharePoint Server or Cloud Service - Mac

Scanning Multi-Page Originals as Separate Files - Windows

Parent topic: Scanning

Scanning to a SharePoint Server or Cloud Service - Windows

You can use Document Capture Pro to upload scanned images to a SharePoint server or a cloud

service.

Note: The settings may vary, depending on the software version you are using. See the help information

in Document Capture Pro for details.

1. Load your original in the product.

2. Do one of the following to start Document Capture Pro:

•Windows 10: Click and select Epson Software >Document Capture Pro.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Document Capture Pro.

220

•Windows (other versions): Click or Start, and select All Programs or Programs. Select

Epson Software >Document Capture Pro.

3. If you see a Switch to Simple View button in the upper right corner of the window, click it.

You see a window like this:

4. Click the Scan Settings button.

Note: If you do not see any icons, click the <symbol in the Job bar.

221

You see a window like this:

5. Select any displayed settings you want to use and click OK.

Note: See the help information in Document Capture Pro for details.

6. Click one of the cloud server or service destination icons in the Scan and... section of the window.

Your product starts scanning and you see the settings window.

Note: If you cannot see all of the icons, the service software may not be installed or the service may

not be available on your platform.

7. Enter any required information to set up the destination. You may need to log in to your cloud service

to authenticate the connection and allow Document Capture Pro to access the cloud service. If you

have previously created a saved setting for the destination, select it from the drop-down list.

222

8. Adjust any settings and click OK.

Note: See the help information in Document Capture Pro for details.

Your originals are uploaded to the indicated server or cloud service.

Parent topic: Scanning Special Projects

Scanning to a SharePoint Server or Cloud Service - Mac

You can use Document Capture to upload scanned images to a SharePoint server or a cloud service.

1. Open the Applications folder, open the Epson Software folder, and select Document Capture.

You see a window like this:

Note: You may need to select your scanner from the scanner list.

2. Click the Scan icon.

3. Select any displayed scan settings you want to use.

Note: See the Help information in Document Capture for details.

4. Click Scan.

223

You see a preview of your scan in the Document Capture window.

5. Click one of the cloud service Destination icons to choose where to save your scanned file. (If you

cannot see all of the icons, the service software may not be installed, the service may not be

available on your platform, or you need to click the arrow next to the icons.)

You see the Transfer Settings window.

6. Enter any required information to set up the destination. You may need to log in to your cloud service

to authenticate the connection and allow Document Capture to access the cloud service. If you have

previously created a saved setting for the destination, select it from the drop-down list.

7. Adjust any save settings, then click OK or Send, depending on the destination.

Your originals are scanned and uploaded to the indicated server or cloud service.

Parent topic: Scanning Special Projects

Scanning Multi-Page Originals as Separate Files - Windows

You can use Document Capture Pro to scan multi-page originals as separate scanned files. You indicate

how the separate files are created by defining a maximum page count per file or by inserting blank

pages, barcodes, or characters that can be detected by the software as separation markers.

Note: The settings may vary, depending on the software version you are using. See the help information

in Document Capture Pro for details.

1. Load your multi-page original in the product.

2. Do one of the following to start Document Capture Pro:

•Windows 10: Click and select Epson Software >Document Capture Pro.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Document Capture Pro.

•Windows (other versions): Click or Start, and select All Programs or Programs. Select

Epson Software >Document Capture Pro.

You see the Document Capture Pro window.

3. If you see a Switch to Simple View button in the upper right corner of the window, click it.

224

You see a window like this:

4. Click the Scan Settings button.

Note: If you do not see any icons, click the <symbol in the Job bar.

225

You see a window like this:

5. Select any displayed settings you want to use and click OK.

Note: See the help information in Document Capture Pro for details.

6. Click one of the destination icons (except Print) in the Scan and... section of the window. Your

product starts scanning and you see the settings window.

7. Select the Apply job separation checkbox.

8. Click Separation Settings.

226

You see a window like this:

9. Select the method you used to separate the originals as the Separator setting.

Note: See the help information in Document Capture Pro for details.

10. If necessary, select Create Folder and select a folder name.

11. Select any other folder naming settings you want and click OK, then click OK again.

Your originals are saved into separate files and folders as specified.

Parent topic: Scanning Special Projects

227

Faxing

See these sections to fax using your product.

Note: This product allows you to store names, telephone numbers, and fax data in its memory even

when the power is turned off. Make sure you restore all of the default settings if you give away or dispose

of the product. This will erase all of your network settings and fax data.

Note: When using the Epson Universal Print Driver or PostScript (PS3) printer software with the product,

you can fax using the printer buttons or the utilities included with the standard Epson printer software. To

download the standard Epson printer software, visit epson.com/support (U.S.), epson.ca/support

(Canada), or epson.com.jm/support (Caribbean) and select your product.

Connecting a Telephone or Answering Machine

Setting Up Fax Features

Setting Up Contacts and Contact Groups

Sending Faxes

Receiving Faxes

Checking Fax Status

Printing Fax Reports

Connecting a Telephone or Answering Machine

You must connect your product to a telephone wall jack to send or receive faxes. If you want to use the

same telephone line to receive calls, you can connect a telephone or answering machine to your product

using an additional phone cable.

Note: If you do not connect a telephone to your product, make sure Receive Mode is set to Auto.

Otherwise, you cannot receive faxes.

228

1. Connect a phone cable to your telephone wall jack and to the LINE port on your product.

Note: If you have a DSL or ISDN connection, you must connect the appropriate DSL filter, or ISDN

terminal adapter or router to the wall jack to be able to use the line for faxing or voice calls using your

product. Contact your DSL or ISDN provider for the necessary equipment.

229

2. If you are connecting a telephone or answering machine to your product using a second phone

cable, remove the cap from the EXT port on your product.

3. Connect a second phone cable to your telephone or answering machine and to the EXT port on your

product.

230

Note: If you connect an answering machine and Receive Mode is set to Auto, set the number of

rings before your product answers a call to a number that is higher than your answering machine's

setting for the number of rings.

Any phone or answering machine must be connected to the EXT port for your product to detect an

incoming fax call when the phone is picked up. Epson cannot guarantee compatibility with VoIP,

cable phone systems, or fiberoptic digital services such as FIOS.

Parent topic: Faxing

Related references

Cannot Receive Faxes with a Telephone Connected to Your Product

Related tasks

Using the Fax Setting Wizard

Receiving Faxes Automatically

Setting Up Fax Features

Before faxing with your product, set up your fax header and select the fax features you want to use.

Note: If you leave your product unplugged for a long period of time, you may need to reset the date and

time settings for faxes.

Setting Up Basic Fax Features

Selecting Advanced Fax Settings

Setting Up the Fax Utility - Windows

Setting Up Fax Features Using the Fax Utility - Mac

Parent topic: Faxing

Setting Up Basic Fax Features

See these sections to select the basic settings you need to use the product's fax features.

Using the Fax Setting Wizard

Selecting the Line Type

Setting the Number of Rings to Answer

Parent topic: Setting Up Fax Features

231

Using the Fax Setting Wizard

You can setup the product's basic fax settings using the Fax Setting Wizard. This wizard is automatically

displayed when the product is turned on for the first time. You can also change these settings individually

from the Fax Settings menu.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >Fax Settings >Fax Setting Wizard.

You see the following screen:

3. Connect your phone line and select Proceed

4. On the next screen, use the displayed keypad to enter the sender name for your fax source, such as

your name or a business name. You can enter up to 40 characters. Select OK when complete.

5. On the next screen, use the displayed keypad to enter your fax number, up to 20 characters. Select

OK when complete.

Note: The name and phone number in the fax header identifies the source of the faxes you send.

6. On the Distinctive Ring Setting screen, do one of the following:

• If you have subscribed to a distinctive ring service from your telephone company, select Proceed.

Select the ring pattern to be used for incoming faxes.

• If you do not have a distinctive ring service, select Skip.

Note: Distinctive ring services allows you to have several phone numbers on one phone line. Each

number is assigned a different ring pattern. You can use one number for voice calls and another for

fax calls. Select the ring pattern assigned to fax calls in the Distinctive Ring Setting. If you select a

ring pattern other than All, Receive Mode is automatically set to Auto.

232

7. On the Receive Mode Setting screen, do one of the following:

• If you have connected an external telephone or answering machine to the product, select Yes.

• If you did not connect an external telephone or answering machine, select No. (Receive Mode is

automatically set to Auto; otherwise you cannot receive faxes.)

8. On the next Receive Mode Setting screen, select Yes to receive faxes automatically or select No to

receive faxes manually.

Note: If you connect an external answering machine and select to receive faxes automatically, make

sure the Rings to Answer setting is correct. If you select to receive faxes manually, you need to

answer every call and operate the product’s control panel or your phone to receive faxes.

9. On the Proceed screen, confirm the displayed settings and select Proceed, or press the back arrow

to change the settings.

10. On the Run Check Fax Connection screen, select Start Checking and follow the on-screen

instructions to check the fax connection and print a report of the check result. If there are any errors

reported, try the solutions on the report and run the check again.

If the Select Line Type screen appears, select the correct line type.

If the Select Dial Tone Detection screen appears, select Disable. However, disabling the dial tone

detection function may drop the first digit of a fax number and send the fax to the wrong number.

Parent topic: Setting Up Basic Fax Features

Related tasks

Entering Characters on the LCD Screen

Selecting the Line Type

If you connect the product to a PBX phone system or terminal adapter, you must change the product's

line type. PBX (Private Branch Exchange) is used in office environments where an external access code

such as “9” must be dialed to call an outside line. The default Line Type setting is PSTN (Public Switched

Telephone Network), which is a standard home phone line.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >Fax Settings >Basic Settings >Line Type >PBX.

233

You see a screen like this:

3. Select Access Code and select Use.

4. Select the Access Code field and use the displayed keypad to enter the access code, such as 9.

Then select OK.

5. Select OK to exit.

Parent topic: Setting Up Basic Fax Features

Setting the Number of Rings to Answer

If you connect an external answering machine and select to receive faxes automatically, make sure the

Rings to Answer setting is correct. The number of rings should be higher than the number of rings your

answering machine is set to for answering a call.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >Fax Settings >Basic Settings >Rings to Answer.

You see a screen like this:

234

3. Select the number of rings and select OK. Make sure to select a number higher than the number of

rings your answering machine is set to for answering a call.

Note: An answering machine picks up every call faster than the product, but the product can detect fax

tones and start receiving faxes. If you answer the phone and hear a fax tone, check that the product has

started receiving the fax, then hang up the phone.

Parent topic: Setting Up Basic Fax Features

Selecting Advanced Fax Settings

You can select a variety of advanced fax settings.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >Fax Settings.

You see a screen like this:

3. If you want to create shortcuts for up to three fax operations, select Quick Operation Button and

select a setting and a shortcut button.

Note: These shortcuts are displayed on the Fax Settings tab in the main Fax screen.

4. Select the group of settings you want to change.

Send Settings - Fax

Receive Settings - Fax

Report Settings - Fax

Basic Settings - Fax

Security Settings - Fax

235

Parent topic: Setting Up Fax Features

Send Settings - Fax

Select the send options you want to use for outgoing faxes.

Setting Options Description

Batch Send Off Sorts outgoing faxes by recipient in the product's

memory, and then sends them as a batch

Save Failure Data Off Saves faxes that failed to be sent in the product’s

memory. You can resend the faxes from the product's

Status Menu.

Parent topic: Selecting Advanced Fax Settings

Receive Settings - Fax

Select the save/forward or print options you want to use for incoming faxes.

Save/Forward Settings

Setting Options Description

Unconditional

Save/Forward

Save to Inbox Saves received faxes in product's inbox

Save to Computer Converts received faxes to PDFs and saves them on

a computer connected to the product

Save to Memory

Device

Converts received faxes to PDFs and saves them on

an external memory device connected to the product

Forward Forwards received faxes to another fax machine, or

converts them to PDFs and forwards them to a shared

folder on a network or an email address. Forwarded

faxes are deleted from the product.

Email Notifications Sends an email notification after a fax is received,

printed, saved, or forwarded

Conditional

Save/Forward

— Sets up conditions to save, forward, or print received

faxes. Select the arrow icon to enter conditions and

other settings. Select Enable to enable a condition.

236

Setting Options Description

Common Settings Inbox Settings Sets up what happens when the fax memory is full, or

sets up a password for the inbox

Forward Settings Specifies a subject when forwarding a fax to an email

address

Print Settings

Setting Options Description

Auto Reduction On Select to reduce the size of large received faxes to fit

on the paper size in the selected paper source

Off Select to print large incoming faxes at their original

size on multiple sheets, if necessary

Split Page Settings Delete Print Data

After Split

Select how to split large incoming faxes across

multiple sheets

Overlap When

Split

Acting Print Off Select to print large incoming faxes at their original

size on multiple sheets, if necessary.

On (Split to Pages) Select to split large incoming faxes across multiple

sheets.

On (Reduce to Fit) Select to reduce the size of large received faxes to fit

on the paper size in the selected paper source.

Auto Rotation On If you have loaded A5-size paper, select On to rotate

landscape-oriented incoming faxes so that they print

correctly on the paper

Off

Add Reception

Information

On Select On to include the date, time, the sender's

information, and a page number in the header of your

incoming faxes

Off

2-Sided On Select On to print incoming faxes double sided. You

can also select the Binding Margin.

Off

237

Setting Options Description

Print Start Timing All Pages

Received

Select to print incoming faxes after the product

receives all of the pages of the document

First Page

Received

Select to print incoming faxes as soon as the product

receives the first page of the document

Collation Stack On Select On to print incoming faxes so that the pages

are stacked in the correct page order. (When the

product is low on memory, this option may not be

available.)

Off

Print Suspend Time Off Select On to set a time period to stop automatic

printing of faxes or reports and save received faxes in

the product’s memory. (Make sure there is enough

free memory before using this function.)

Time to Stop

Time to Restart

Quiet Mode On Select On to reduce noise during printing. (Printing

speed may be reduced.)

Off

Parent topic: Selecting Advanced Fax Settings

Report Settings - Fax

Select the options you want to use for fax reports.

Setting Options Description

Forwarding Report Print on Error Prints a report after forwarding a received document

only if an error occurs

Print Prints a report after forwarding a received document

Do Not Print Does not print a report after forwarding a received

document

Back Up Error Report On Select On to print a report when a backup error for

sending faxes occurs

Off

238

Setting Options Description

Fax Log Auto Print Off Does not print a fax log

On(Every 30) Prints a fax log after every 30 fax jobs are completed

On(Time) Prints a fax log at a specified time. If the number of

completed fax jobs exceeds 30, the fax log prints

before the specified time.

Attach Fax Image to

Report

Off Does not include an image on the Transmission

Report

On(Large Image) Prints a Transmission Report that includes the upper

part of the first page of the sent document

On(Small Image) Prints a Transmission Report that includes a reduced

size of the entire first page of the sent document

Report Format Simple Prints a simple fax report

Detail Prints a fax report that includes error codes

Output Method Print Prints fax reports

Save to Memory

Device

Saves fax reports to a memory device

Forward Forwards fax reports to a specified destination

Create a folder to

save fax data

Creates a folder on a memory device to hold fax data

Parent topic: Selecting Advanced Fax Settings

Basic Settings - Fax

Select the basic options you want to use for incoming and outgoing faxes.

Setting Options Description

Fax Speed Fast(33,600bps) Sets the speed at which you send and receive faxes

Medium(14,400bps)

Slow(9,600bps)

239

Setting Options Description

ECM On Turns on Error Correction Mode (ECM) to

automatically correct errors in sent or received fax

data

Off Turns off Error Correction Mode (ECM); color faxes

cannot be sent or received

Dial Tone Detection On Automatically dials the number you enter for faxing

when the product detects a dial tone

Off Turns off automatic dial tone detection, which may

be necessary if the product is connected to a PBX

(Private Branch Exchange) or a TA (Terminal

Adapter). However, turning this setting off may cause

the product to drop the first digit of a fax number.

Line Type PSTN Selects a standard phone line (Public Switched

Telephone Network)

PBX Selects Private Branch Exchange, the type of phone

line used in office environments where an access

code such as 9 must be used to call an outside line

Header Your Phone

Number

Select to enter the header information and your

phone number for inclusion on outgoing faxes

Fax Header

Receive Mode Manual Lets you confirm whether an incoming fax should be

printed; a telephone must be connected to the

product

Auto Automatically receives and prints faxes

Distinctive Ring All If you are using a Distinctive Ring Service on your

phone line, your telephone company can assign two

or more phone numbers to the same line and assign

different ring patterns to each. If you use this service,

select the number of rings for your fax number so

your product can receive faxes on the correct

number of rings. Select All for phones lines that do

not use this service.

Single

Double

Triple

Double&Triple

240

Setting Options Description

Rings to Answer 1 to 9 Sets the number of rings before your product

receives a fax. If Receive Mode is set to Auto and an

answering machine is connected to the product,

make sure this setting is set higher than the number

of rings your answering machine is set to answer a

call.

Remote Receive Off Lets you start receiving faxes using your phone

instead of operating the product (if the Receive Mode

is set to Auto). When you select On, you must also

set a Start Code. If you are using a cordless handset

with its base connected to the product, you can start

receiving the fax by entering the code using the

handset.

Start Code

Rejection Fax Various Lets you automatically reject faxes from blocked

numbers, with blank headers, or from unrecognized

contacts

Parent topic: Selecting Advanced Fax Settings

Security Settings - Fax

Select the security options you want to use for fax data.

Setting Options Description

Direct Dialing

Restrictions

Off Does not restrict dialed fax numbers

On Allows faxing only to numbers stored in the contacts

list or history

Enter Twice Requires you to enter fax numbers twice to prevent

errors

Confirm Address List Off Selects whether or not to display a recipient

confirmation screen before a fax is sent

Backup Data Auto Clear Off Automatically erases sent or received fax data from

your product's memory

241

Setting Options Description

Clear Backup Data — Deletes all sent or received fax data remaining in your

product's memory; run this function if you are giving

away or disposing of your product

Parent topic: Selecting Advanced Fax Settings

Setting Up the Fax Utility - Windows

You can set up the FAX Utility for Windows for use with your product.

Note: Before using the FAX Utility for Windows, make sure you have set up the fax features on your

product using the product control panel. Also first confirm that you can send and receive faxes using the

control panel.

1. Do one of the following:

•Windows 10: Click and select EPSON Software.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen.

•Windows (other versions): Click or Start >Programs or All Programs >EPSON Software.

2. Select FAX Utility.

242

The first time you use the FAX Utility, you see this introduction window:

3. Read about the FAX Utility and click Close at the bottom of the window.

243

You see this window:

4. Click Select Printer and follow the on-screen instructions to transfer your product's fax settings to

the FAX Utility.

Note: For detailed information, click Help or Open Online Help.

Parent topic: Setting Up Fax Features

Setting Up Fax Features Using the Fax Utility - Mac

You can set up your fax header and select your fax settings using the FAX Utility for Mac.

244

1. In the Apple menu or the Dock, select System Preferences. Select Print & Fax,Print & Scan, or

Printers & Scanners, select the FAX option for your product, and select Options & Supplies.

Select Utility and select Open Printer Utility.

2. Double-click FAX Utility, if necessary.

You see this window:

3. Select your FAX product in the Printer list.

4. Select Fax Settings.

5. Follow the prompts that appear on the screen to enter your fax header information and select your

fax settings.

Note: For detailed information, select the FAX Utility ?icon.

Parent topic: Setting Up Fax Features

Setting Up Contacts and Contact Groups

You can set up a list of contacts and their fax numbers so you can quickly select them for faxing. You

can also set up contact groups to send a fax message to multiple contacts.

Setting Up Contacts Using the Product Control Panel

Importing Contacts Using the Fax Utility - Windows

Setting Up Speed/Group Dial Lists Using the Fax Utility - Mac

245

Parent topic: Faxing

Setting Up Contacts Using the Product Control Panel

You can set up your contacts and contact groups using the control panel on your product.

Note: Contacts can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access or change contacts, contact

your administrator for assistance.

Creating a Contact

Editing or Deleting a Contact

Creating a Contact Group

Editing or Deleting a Contact Group

Parent topic: Setting Up Contacts and Contact Groups

Creating a Contact

You can create a list of contacts to save frequently used fax numbers.

Note: You can create up to 200 contacts and contact groups combined.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Fax.

You see a screen like this:

3. Select Contacts.

246

You see a screen like this:

4. Select the icon.

5. Select Add Contact.

You see a screen like this:

6. Select the registry number you want to use for the contact you are adding.

7. Select the Name field, use the displayed keyboard to enter the contact name (up to 30 characters),

and select OK.

8. Select the Index Word field, use the displayed keyboard to enter a word to use when searching for

an entry (up to 30 characters), and select OK. (This field is optional.)

247

9. Select the Fax Number field, use the numeric keypad on the LCD screen or the buttons on the

product to enter the fax number, and select OK. You can enter up to 64 characters.

Note: If necessary, enter an outside line access code (such as 9) at the beginning of the fax number.

If the access code has been set up in the Line Type setting, enter the #pound sign instead of the

code.

10. If you are sending a fax to a confidential box or relay box, enter a sub-address and password in the

Subaddress (SUB/SEP) and Password (SID/PWD) fields.

11. Select any additional settings as necessary.

12. Select OK to save the entry.

Parent topic: Setting Up Contacts Using the Product Control Panel

Editing or Deleting a Contact

You can edit or delete any of the contacts on your list.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Fax.

You see a screen like this:

3. Select Contacts.

4. Select the tab containing the first letter of the contact name, then select the >icon next to the contact

you want to edit or delete.

248

You see a screen like this:

5. Do one of the following:

• To delete the contact, select Delete and select Yes on the confirmation screen.

• To edit the contact, select Edit, select the item you want to change, enter the correct information,

and select OK. When you are finished editing, select OK.

Parent topic: Setting Up Contacts Using the Product Control Panel

Creating a Contact Group

You can create a group of contacts so that you can easily send faxes to multiple recipients.

Note: You can create up to 200 contacts and contact groups combined. You must create a contact

before creating a contact group.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Fax.

You see a screen like this:

249

3. Select Contacts.

4. Select the Add Contact icon.

5. Select Add Group.

You see a screen like this:

6. Select the registry number you want to use for the group you are adding.

7. Select the Group Name field, use the displayed keyboard to enter the group name (up to 30

characters), and select OK.

8. Select the Index Word field, use the displayed keyboard to enter a word to use when searching for a

group (up to 30 characters), and select OK. (This field is optional.)

9. Select the Contact(s) Added to the Group field.

You see your contacts list.

10. Select each contact you want to include in your group.

A check mark appears next to each selected contact.

11. Select Close when complete.

12. Select Assign to Frequent Use to list the group on the Recipient tab.

13. Select OK to save the group.

Parent topic: Setting Up Contacts Using the Product Control Panel

Editing or Deleting a Contact Group

You can edit an existing contact group to add or delete entries. You can also delete the entire contact

group.

250

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Fax.

You see a screen like this:

3. Select Contacts.

4. Select the >icon next to the group you want to edit or delete.

You see a screen like this:

5. Do one of the following:

• To delete the group, select Delete and select Yes on the confirmation screen.

• To edit the group, select Edit and change the group name or contacts included as necessary.

6. Select OK when complete.

Parent topic: Setting Up Contacts Using the Product Control Panel

251

Importing Contacts Using the Fax Utility - Windows

You can edit contacts stored in your product and import contacts from your Windows Address Book to

the PC-FAX Phone Book in the FAX Utility for Windows.

1. Do one of the following:

•Windows 10: Click and select EPSON Software.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen.

•Windows (other versions): Click or Start >Programs or All Programs >EPSON Software.

2. Select FAX Utility.

The first time you use the FAX Utility, you see this introduction window:

3. Read about the FAX Utility and click Close at the bottom of the window.

252

You see this window:

4. To edit the contacts list on your product, click Contacts.

5. Do one of the following:

• To edit a contact, select it in the list and click the icon.

• To delete a contact, select it in the list and click the icon.

6. To import fax numbers from your Windows Address Book into the FAX Utility PC-FAX Phone Book,

select Edit PC-FAX Phone Book.

253

You see this window:

7. Select File >Import From Windows Address Book.

8. Select the contacts you want to import and click OK.

Note: For detailed information, select Help or Open Online Help.

Parent topic: Setting Up Contacts and Contact Groups

Related topics

Setting Up Contacts and Contact Groups

Setting Up Speed/Group Dial Lists Using the Fax Utility - Mac

You can set up your speed dial and group dial lists using the FAX Utility. The utility also lets you import

fax numbers from the MacAddress Book and back up fax numbers to your product's memory.

Note: You can create up to 60 speed dial and group dial entries combined.

1. In the Apple menu or the Dock, select System Preferences. Select Print & Fax,Print & Scan, or

Printers & Scanners, select the FAX option for your product, and select Options & Supplies.

Select Utility and select Open Printer Utility.

2. Double-click FAX Utility, if necessary.

254

You see this window:

3. Select your FAX product in the Printer list.

4. Select Speed Dial/Group Dial List.

You see this window:

255

5. To add an entry, double-click an empty entry.

Note: To edit an entry, select it and change the information. To delete an entry, select it and press

the Delete key on your keyboard.

6. Do one of the following:

• To create a speed dial entry, select Speed Dial, enter a name and fax number, and click OK.

• To create a group dial entry, select Group Dial, enter a name, select your desired fax numbers,

and click OK.

7. Repeat the previous steps as necessary to add all your speed dial or group dial entries.

8. To import entries from your MacAddress book, click the icon.

9. When you are finished, click the icon to save the entries to your product's memory.

Parent topic: Setting Up Contacts and Contact Groups

Related topics

Setting Up Contacts and Contact Groups

Sending Faxes

See these sections to send faxes using your product.

Sending Faxes from the Product Control Panel

Sending Faxes Using the Fax Utility - Windows

Sending Faxes Using the Fax Utility - Mac

Parent topic: Faxing

Sending Faxes from the Product Control Panel

See these sections to send faxes using the product's control panel.

Sending a Fax Using the Keypad, Contact List, or History

Fax Sending Options

Sending a Fax at a Specified Time

Sending a Fax on Demand

Sending a Stored Fax

Dialing Fax Numbers from a Connected Telephone

256

Parent topic: Sending Faxes

Sending a Fax Using the Keypad, Contact List, or History

You can send a fax from your product control panel by entering the fax number, or selecting the number

from either the contact list or fax history.

Note: You can send a black-and-white fax to up to 100 contacts or 99 groups at a time, or send a color

fax to one recipient at a time. If your recipient's fax machine does not print in color, your fax is

automatically sent in black-and-white.

1. Place your original on the product for faxing.

2. Press the home button, if necessary.

3. Select Fax.

You see a screen like this:

Note: To fax a double-sided document, place your document in the ADF and turn on the ADF 2-

Sided setting. (You cannot fax double-sided documents in color.)

4. Do one of the following to select fax recipients:

•Manually enter a fax number: Select Keypad and enter a fax number. Select OK when done. To

add another fax number, repeat the same steps. You can also use the numeric keypad on the

control panel to enter a fax number.

Note: If direct dialing has been restricted, you can only select the number from the contact list or

fax history. If necessary, enter an outside line access code (such as 9) at the beginning of the fax

number. If the access code has been set up in the Line Type setting, enter the #pound sign

257

instead of the code. If your fax number requires a brief pause, select the -icon to insert a pause

symbol (–).

•Select from the contact list: Select Contacts to display the contact list. Select one or more

contacts (select the contacts again to deselect it). You can also select the Search for Contacts

field to search for recipients by name, index name, or entry number. Select Close when you are

finished.

•Select from the sent fax history: Select Recent to display the sent fax history. Select a recipient

from the list.

Note: To delete entered recipients, select the Select Recipient field, select the recipient you want to

delete, and select Remove.

5. If you need to change any fax settings, select Fax Settings and select your settings.

6. If you want to preview your fax in black-and-white on the LCD, press the icon. (If the preview

looks incorrect, select Retry, reposition the document or change the fax settings, and repeat this

step.) You cannot send the fax in color after previewing it.

Note: If you do not touch the preview screen for 20 seconds, your product sends the fax

automatically. You cannot preview images when the Direct Send setting is turned on.

7. If you want to save your fax settings for later use, select Presets and add a new entry.

8. Press the Send icon.

Note: To cancel faxing, select Cancel.

Your product scans your original and prompts you to place additional pages, if necessary.

After scanning your originals, your product dials the number and sends the fax.

Note: Your product does not save sent color faxes to its memory. If the Settings >General Settings >

Fax Settings >Send Settings >Save Failure Data setting is enabled, faxes that failed to send are

stored to the product's memory and you can resend them from the Status Menu screen.

Parent topic: Sending Faxes from the Product Control Panel

Related references

Fax Sending Options

258

Related tasks

Using Presets

Selecting the Line Type

Related topics

Placing Originals on the Product

Setting Up Contacts and Contact Groups

Fax Sending Options

While sending a fax, you can select Fax Settings and select these options.

Setting Options Description

Original Size (Glass) Various sizes Sets the size for a document placed on the scanner

glass

Original Type Text Specifies the document type of your originals and

adjusts the quality of your copies

Text & Image

Photo

Color Mode B&W Select whether to scan images in black and white or

color

Color

Resolution Standard Adjusts the scan resolution and print quality of

outgoing faxes

Fine

Super Fine

Ultra Fine

Density Varying levels Lets you select from various density levels

Remove Background Auto Automatically removes any background color on

scanned images

Varying levels

available

Lets you select from various levels of background

color adjustment

Sharpness Varying levels

available

Lets you adjust the sharpness level of outgoing faxes

ADF 2-Sided Off Select On to enable 2-sided faxing from the ADF. The

Direct Send option and color faxing are disabled when

you turn on this setting.

259

Setting Options Description

Continuous Scan (ADF) Off Select On to have the product to prompt if you want to

scan another page after a document in the ADF has

finished scanning.

Note: If you leave the product with the prompt

displayed for 20 seconds, the product starts sending

the document.

If you load multiple sizes of documents in a single

batch, they will be sent at the size of the largest

document. To send them at their original size, do not

mix sizes in the ADF.

Direct Send Off Select On to send black-and-white faxes to a single

recipient as soon as the connection is made, without

saving the scanned image to memory. You cannot

use this setting when sending a color fax or sending a

fax to multiple recipients.

Priority Send Off Select On to send the current fax before other faxes

waiting to be sent

Send Fax Later Off Select On to send the current fax at a selected time

Add Sender Information Off Lets you include a header, your phone number, or a

destination list in the selected location on your

outgoing faxes

Outside of Image

Inside of Image

Notify Send Result Off Sends a notification to the selected email address

when an outgoing fax is sent

Transmission Report Print on Error Lets you select when to print transmission reports

Do Not Print

Backup Off Saves a copy of the scanned fax to the selected email

address or network folder/FTP location

260

Parent topic: Sending Faxes from the Product Control Panel

Sending a Fax at a Specified Time

You can send a fax at a time of your choice.

Note: Make sure the product's date and time settings are correct. You can only send faxes in black-and-

white when you use this option.

1. Place your original on the product for faxing.

2. Press the home button, if necessary.

3. Select Fax.

You see a screen like this:

4. Enter a fax number or select a number from the Contacts or Recent lists.

5. Select Fax Settings.

6. Select Send Fax Later.

7. Select On.

8. Select Time, use the displayed keypad on the LCD screen to enter your desired time, and select

OK.

9. Select Send.

Note: To cancel faxing, select Cancel.

After scanning your originals, your product dials the number and sends the fax at the specified time.

261

Note: If the product is turned off at the specified time, the fax is sent when it is powered on.

Parent topic: Sending Faxes from the Product Control Panel

Related references

Fax Sending Options

Related tasks

Selecting the Date and Time

Related topics

Placing Originals on the Product

Setting Up Contacts and Contact Groups

Sending a Fax on Demand

You can store up to 10 scanned documents (up to 100 black-and-white pages) and have them sent

automatically when another fax machine requests them. Other fax users can receive the document by

calling your fax number and using the polling receive function on their fax machines.

Note: If you try to store more than 10 jobs or 100 pages, they overwrite previously stored documents. Be

sure to check how many fax jobs are stored before storing additional jobs.

1. Place your original on the product for faxing.

2. Press the home button, if necessary.

3. Select Fax Box.

You see a screen like this:

4. Select Polling Send/Board.

262

5. Select Polling Send.

6. If you need to change any fax settings, select the icon, select Settings, and change the settings.

7. Select Add Document.

8. Select Store.

Your document is scanned and stored until you overwrite it or delete it.

Note: To display the stored job, press the Job/Status button.

Parent topic: Sending Faxes from the Product Control Panel

Related references

Fax Sending Options

Related topics

Placing Originals on the Product

Sending a Stored Fax

You can store up to 10 scanned documents (up to 100 black-and-white pages) and send them whenever

necessary.

Note: If you try to store more than 10 jobs or 100 pages, they overwrite previously stored documents. Be

sure to check how many fax jobs are stored before storing additional jobs by running a Fax Report.

1. Place your original on the product for faxing.

2. Press the home button, if necessary.

3. Select Fax.

You see a screen like this:

263

4. Select the icon.

5. Select Extended Fax.

6. Select Store Fax Data to turn on the setting and select Close.

7. Select any other fax settings as necessary and select Close.

8. Select Store.

9. When you are ready to send the document, press the home button if necessary and select Fax

Box.

10. Select Stored Documents.

11. Select the stored fax job you want to send.

12. Select Start Sending.

Parent topic: Sending Faxes from the Product Control Panel

Related references

Fax Sending Options

Related topics

Placing Originals on the Product

Dialing Fax Numbers from a Connected Telephone

If you connected a telephone to the EXT port on your product, you can send a fax by dialing the fax

number from the connected telephone. If the recipient's phone number and fax number are the same,

you can speak to the recipient before sending the fax.

1. Place your original on the product for faxing.

2. Press the home button, if necessary.

3. Dial the fax number from the connected telephone. Speak to the recipient if necessary.

Note: If you are using a pre-paid calling card, enter the number and password required to use the

card before entering the destination fax number.

4. Select Fax on the LCD screen.

264

You see this screen:

5. Select Fax Settings and select settings as necessary.

Note: Your product now communicates with the recipient's fax machine. Do not hang up the

telephone.

6. When you hear a fax tone, select Send to start sending the fax.

Note: If your recipient's fax machine does not print in color, your fax is automatically sent in black-

and-white.

7. Hang up the telephone.

Parent topic: Sending Faxes from the Product Control Panel

Related references

Fax Sending Options

Related topics

Placing Originals on the Product

Sending Faxes Using the Fax Utility - Windows

You can send a fax from a printing program in Windows. You can fax up to 100 pages at a time,

including a cover sheet.

1. Open the file you want to fax and select the print command.

265

You see a window like this:

2. Select your product with the FAX option as the printer.

3. To change the Paper Size, Orientation, Color, Image Quality, or Character Density settings, click the

Preferences or Properties button.

Note: If you see a Setup,Printer, or Options button, click it. Then click Preferences or Properties

on the next screen. For more information about selecting fax print settings, click Help.

4. Select the Page Range as necessary. (Leave the Number of copies set to 1.)

5. Click Print or OK.

266

If you’re faxing for the first time, you see a window like this one:

6. Enter your sender information so that recipients can identify the origin of the fax. Then click OK to

save the sender information.

267

You see a window like this:

7. Enter the recipient's name and fax number or select a recipient from the phonebook, then click Next.

Note: For detailed instructions on using the Epson FAX Utility, click Help.

8. Select a cover sheet and enter a subject and message, then click Next.

9. Click Send to transmit your fax.

Parent topic: Sending Faxes

Sending Faxes Using the Fax Utility - Mac

You can send a fax from a Mac printing program using the FAX Utility. You can fax up to 100 pages at a

time, including a cover sheet.

1. Open the file you want to fax.

268

2. Select the print command in your application.

Note: You may need to select a print icon on your screen, the Print option in the File menu, or

another command. See your application's help utility for details.

3. Select your product FAX option as the Printer setting.

4. If necessary, click the arrow next to the Printer setting or the Show Details button to expand the

print window.

5. Select the number of pages you are faxing as the Pages setting.

Note: Leave the Copies setting set to 1.

6. Select Recipient Settings from the pop-up menu.

269

You see this window:

7. Do one of the following to choose your recipient:

• Select a name or group from the Recipient List.

• Enter a name, company, and fax number and click the +button.

• Click the icon and select a recipient from your address book.

8. Select Fax Settings from the pop-up menu.

270

You see this window:

9. Select the Color and Image Quality settings you want to use for your fax.

10. Click Fax.

Parent topic: Sending Faxes

Receiving Faxes

See these sections to receive faxes with your product.

Fax Reception

Receiving Faxes Automatically

Receiving Faxes Manually

Forwarding Received Faxes

Receiving a Fax by Polling

Saving Faxes to an External USB Device

Saving and Viewing Received Faxes

Selecting Received Fax Options Using the Fax Utility - Windows

Parent topic: Faxing

Fax Reception

Your product will automatically receive and print faxes when you set the Receive Mode to Auto.

271

If you connected a telephone to your product so you can use the same phone line for faxes and voice

calls, you can also set your product to receive faxes manually. This allows you to check for a fax tone

using the telephone and press a button on your product to receive the fax.

Make sure to load paper in your product and select your fax settings before receiving a fax.

Note: If you run out of paper during fax printing, load more paper and press the button indicated on your

product's LCD screen to continue.

Parent topic: Receiving Faxes

Receiving Faxes Automatically

To receive faxes automatically, make sure Receive Mode is set to Auto (the default setting for the

product).

To change the Receive Mode if necessary, select Settings >General Settings >Fax Settings >Basic

Settings >Receive Mode.

If an answering machine is connected, make sure the product's Rings to Answer setting is set higher

than the number of rings your answering machine is set to answer a call. For example, if the answering

machine is set to pick up on the fourth ring, set the product to pick up on the fifth ring or later.

Parent topic: Receiving Faxes

Related references

Basic Settings - Fax

Related tasks

Receiving Faxes Manually

You can set up your product to receive faxes manually by setting the Receive Mode to Manual. This lets

you check for a fax tone on the connected telephone before receiving a fax.

1. To change the Receive Mode, select Settings >General Settings >Fax Settings >Basic

Settings >Receive Mode and select Manual.

2. When the connected telephone rings, answer the call.

3. If you hear a fax tone, select Fax on the LCD screen.

4. Select Send/Receive.

5. Select Receive.

272

6. Select Receive again to start receiving the fax.

7. Hang up the telephone.

Parent topic: Receiving Faxes

Related references

Basic Settings - Fax

Related tasks

Receiving Faxes Automatically

Forwarding Received Faxes

You can forward received faxes to another fax machine, or convert the faxes into PDF documents and

forward them to a shared folder on the network or to an email address. Forwarded faxes are deleted

from the product's memory.

Before using this feature, make sure the date and time are set correctly, the forwarding destination is set

up in the contact list, and the email server settings are configured.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >Fax Settings >Receive Settings >Save/Forward Settings

>Unconditional Save/Forward >Forward.

3. Select Yes.

Note: If you want to print the fax automatically before forwarding it, select Yes and Print.

4. Select Add Entry, select the forwarding destination from the contacts list, and select Close.

5. Confirm the displayed forwarding destinations and select Close.

6. Under Options When Forwarding Failed, select whether you want to print the faxes or save them

in the product's inbox if forwarding the received fax fails.

Parent topic: Receiving Faxes

Receiving a Fax by Polling

You can use polling to receive a fax from another fax machine (such as a fax information service).

Note: You cannot use polling to receive a fax from a fax information service that uses audio guidance.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

273

2. Select Fax.

You see a screen like this:

3. Select the icon.

4. Select Extended Fax.

5. Select Polling Receive to turn on the setting and select Close.

6. Select Close.

7. Enter the fax number you expect to receive the fax from.

8. Select Polling to start receiving the fax.

Parent topic: Receiving Faxes

Saving Faxes to an External USB Device

You can save incoming faxes to an external USB device connected to your product.

1. Insert an external USB device into the product's USB port.

2. Press the home button, if necessary.

3. Select Settings >General Settings >Fax Settings >Receive Settings >Save/Forward Settings

>Unconditional Save/Forward.

4. Select Save to Memory Device

5. Select Yes to save the fax or Yes and Print to save and print the fax.

Parent topic: Receiving Faxes

274

Saving and Viewing Received Faxes

You can save received faxes in your product's memory and view them on the LCD screen. The inbox

and confidential boxes can hold a maximum of 200 faxes in total.

Note: The inbox can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access the inbox, contact your

administrator for assistance.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >Fax Settings.

3. To save received faxes, select Receive Settings >Save/Forward Settings >Unconditional

Save/Forward.

4. Select Save to Inbox to turn on the setting.

5. Press the home button again.

6. Select Fax Box.

You see a screen like this:

7. Do one of the following to view stored faxes:

• Select Inbox/Confidential to view received faxes.

• Select Stored Documents to view saved faxes that have not been sent (available only when

Store Fax Data is turned on).

• Select Polling Send/Board to view faxes that are stored for fax polling or stored in a bulletin

board.

8. Select the fax you want to view.

275

The LCD screen displays the fax contents.

9. If you want to print or forward a stored fax, select the icon.

10. Select one of the printing or forwarding options, and follow the on-screen instructions.

Note: Delete faxes after you print or view them to free up the product's memory. When the memory is

full, you can only forward or print incoming faxes.

Parent topic: Receiving Faxes

Selecting Received Fax Options Using the Fax Utility - Windows

You can select options for use with received faxes using the FAX Utility for Windows.

1. Do one of the following:

•Windows 10: Click and select EPSON Software.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen.

•Windows (other versions): Click or Start >Programs or All Programs >EPSON Software.

2. Select FAX Utility.

276

The first time you use the FAX Utility, you see this introduction window:

3. Read about the FAX Utility and click Close at the bottom of the window.

277

You see this window:

4. To save faxes received by your product on your computer, select Save received faxes on this

computer.

5. Select the destination folder and other options, and click OK.

You return to the FAX Utility window.

6. To receive notifications when received faxes arrive in the selected destination folder on your

computer, select Notify me if new faxes exist in forwarding folders.

278

7. Select how often you want to be notified of received faxes and click OK.

Note: For detailed information, click Help or Open Online Help.

Parent topic: Receiving Faxes

Checking Fax Status

You can check the status of fax jobs on the product control panel.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Fax.

You see a screen like this:

3. Select the icon.

4. To check the history of faxes that have been sent or received, select Transmission Log and select

the job you want to check.

Note: If you see a numbered icon above the icon on your product's LCD screen or the

Received Fax light is flashing, received faxes have been temporarily saved to the product's

memory.

5. To check the status of a fax in progress, press the Job/Status button.

Parent topic: Faxing

279

Printing Fax Reports

You can print several types of fax reports whenever necessary. You can also print the fax log

automatically by turning on Fax Log Auto Print.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Fax.

You see a screen like this:

3. Press the icon.

4. Select Fax Report.

5. Select the fax report you want to print.

Fax Report Options

Parent topic: Faxing

Fax Report Options

Select the fax report or list you want to print.

Last Transmission

Print a report on the fax that was previously sent or received through polling.

Fax Log

Print a report on recent fax transmissions.

Stored Fax Documents

Print a list of the fax jobs currently stored in the product's memory.

Fax Settings List

Print a list of the current fax communication settings.

280

Conditional Save/Forward List

Print a list of the current conditional save/forward settings.

Protocol Trace

Print a detailed report for the previously sent or received fax.

Parent topic: Printing Fax Reports

281

Using External USB Devices with Your Product

Follow the instructions here to work with an external USB device connected to your product.

Connecting a USB Device

Disconnecting a USB Device

Viewing and Printing from the LCD Screen

Transferring Files on a USB Device

Connecting a USB Device

Connect a USB device or its USB cable to the USB port on the front of the product.

Note: Epson cannot guarantee the compatibility of your device. Make sure the files on the device are

compatible with the product.

USB Device Photo File Specifications

Parent topic: Using External USB Devices with Your Product

Related tasks

Disconnecting a USB Device

USB Device Photo File Specifications

You can use USB devices with your product containing files that meet these specifications.

File format JPEG with the Exif version 2.31 standard taken by digital cameras

with the DCF (Design Rule for Camera File system) version 1.0 or

2.0 standard

TIFF 6.0-compliant uncompressed images: RGB full-color or binary

(not CCITT-encoded)

PDF version 1.7 compliant data

Image size 80 × 80 pixels to 10200 × 10200 pixels

File size Up to 2GB

282

Number of files JPEG: Up to 9990*

TIFF: Up to 999

PDF: Up to 999

* If the number of files exceeds 999, the files are displayed in groups.

Parent topic: Connecting a USB Device

Disconnecting a USB Device

After you finish working with a USB device, follow these steps to remove it.

1. If your product is connected to your computer using a USB cable, do one of the following:

•Windows: Open the My Computer,Computer,This PC, or Windows Explorer utility. Then

right-click the name of your USB device (listed as a removable disk) and select Eject.

•Mac: Drag the removable disk icon for your USB device from the desktop into the trash.

Caution: Do not remove a USB device before completing the procedure above or you may lose data

from the flash drive.

2. Pull the USB device or cable out of the USB port on the front of the product.

Parent topic: Using External USB Devices with Your Product

Viewing and Printing from the LCD Screen

See these sections to view and print photos or other files displayed on your product's LCD screen.

Printing JPEG Photos

Printing TIFF Files

Printing PDF Files

Print Setting Options - Device Mode

Parent topic: Using External USB Devices with Your Product

Printing JPEG Photos

You can select JPEG photos for printing as you view them on the LCD screen.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

283

2. Select Memory Device >JPEG.

Note: If you have more than 999 JPEG images on your device, the images are divided into groups,

and you must first select the group you want to display.

You see a screen like this:

3. Do one of the following to select your photos:

• In Single View, select the thumbnail image of the photo you want to print, then press the left or

right arrow buttons to scroll through and select additional photos. Or you can select Tile View to

select additional photos.

• In Tile View, select the thumbnail images of the photos you want to print.

• To select all photos, select the icon and select Select All Images. Select Yes.

4. Select Proceed to Print.

You see a screen like this:

284

5. Do the following as necessary:

• To change the print settings, select Basic Settings or Advanced and select the necessary

settings.

• To print more than one copy, select Copies and use the numeric keypad on the screen to select

the number of copies (up to 99).

6. When you are ready to print, select Print.

Note: To cancel printing, select Cancel, then select Cancel again to confirm.

Parent topic: Viewing and Printing from the LCD Screen

Related references

Print Setting Options - Device Mode

Printing TIFF Files

You can select and print TIFF files from a USB flash drive.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Memory Device >TIFF.

You see a list of the available files.

3. Select the file you want to print.

You see information about the file.

4. Do the following as necessary:

• To change the print settings, select Basic Settings or Advanced and select the necessary

settings.

• To print more than one copy, select Copies and use the numeric keypad on the screen to select

the number of copies (up to 99).

5. When you are ready to print, select the Print icon.

Note: To cancel printing, select Cancel, then select Cancel again to confirm.

Parent topic: Viewing and Printing from the LCD Screen

Related references

Print Setting Options - Device Mode

285

Printing PDF Files

You can select and print PDF files from a USB flash drive.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Memory Device >PDF.

You see a list of the available files.

3. Select the file you want to print.

You see information about the file.

4. Do the following as necessary:

• To change the print settings, select Basic Settings or Advanced and select the necessary

settings.

• To print more than one copy, select Copies and use the numeric keypad on the screen to select

the number of copies (up to 99).

5. When you are ready to print, select the Print icon.

Note: To cancel printing, select Cancel, then select Cancel again to confirm.

Parent topic: Viewing and Printing from the LCD Screen

Related references

Print Setting Options - Device Mode

Select the print settings you want to use when printing from a USB device.

Note: Not all options or settings may be available, depending on the file format.

Basic Settings

Print settings Available options Description

Paper Setting Various paper size

and type settings

Indicates the source that contains the paper size and type

you want to print on

Advanced settings

286

Print settings Available options Description

Layout 1-Up Leaves a small margin around the image

20-up Prints 20 images on one page

Index Prints thumbnail images with file information

Fit Frame On Automatically crops the photo to fit into the selected photo

layout

Off Turns off automatic cropping

Quality Standard Provides good quality for most prints

Best Provides the highest quality for special prints

Date Various date formats Prints the date the photo was taken on the photo in the

format you select

Fix Photo Auto Automatically adjusts the brightness, contrast, and

saturation of the photo based on the setting that is

selected

People

Landscape

Night Scene

Enhance Off Turns off automatic adjustments; see Note below

Fix Red-Eye On Automatically fixes the red-eye effect in photos

Off

Print Order Last Page on Top Select the order for printing multi-page TIFF files

First Page on Top

2-Sided On Select whether to print PDF files using 2-sided printing.

When set to On, you can also select a binding direction

using the Binding(Copy) setting.

Off

Note: Fix Photo uses a sophisticated face recognition technology to optimize photos that include faces.

For this to work, both eyes and the nose must be visible in the subject's face. If your photo includes a

face with an intentional color cast, such as a statue, you may want to turn off Fix Photo to retain the

special color effects.

Parent topic: Viewing and Printing from the LCD Screen

287

Transferring Files on a USB Device

You can transfer files to and from a USB device inserted into the USB port on the front of your product.

Setting Up File Sharing for File Transfers from Your Computer

Transferring Files from a USB Device to Your Computer

Parent topic: Using External USB Devices with Your Product

Setting Up File Sharing for File Transfers from Your Computer

Before you transfer files from a computer to a USB device inserted into the USB port on the front of your

product, you may need to set up your product's file sharing settings.

Caution: Remove the USB device before you change this setting or you may lose data from the device.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >Printer Settings >Memory Device Interface.

You see a screen like this:

3. Select Memory Device and make sure Enable is selected.

4. Select File Sharing.

5. Select the way your computer is connected to the product: either USB or Network.

Parent topic: Transferring Files on a USB Device

Related tasks

Disconnecting a USB Device

288

Transferring Files from a USB Device to Your Computer

You can transfer files to and from a USB device inserted into the USB port on the front of your product

and a computer connected to your product.

Note: Do not transfer files to and from a USB device while you are printing from the device.

1. Make sure your product is connected to a computer.

2. Insert a USB device or its USB cable into the USB port on the front of your product.

3. Do one of the following to access your USB device files from your computer:

•Windows: Open the My Computer,Computer,This PC, or Windows Explorer utility, then

select the removable disk icon.

•Mac with a USB connection: Look for the removable disk icon on your desktop, then select it.

•Mac with a network connection: Select the hard drive icon on your desktop or select Computer

from the Go menu, select your product in the SHARED section of the sidebar (you may need to

widen the sidebar to see the name), and select the USBSTORAGE icon.

4. Select the folder that contains your files.

5. Drag the files you want to transfer to the desired folder on your computer or on your USB device.

Note: Your product's LCD screen does not update to display new information about your USB device

after you copy files to it or delete files from it. Remove and insert the USB device to update the

information.

Parent topic: Transferring Files on a USB Device

Related tasks

Connecting a USB Device

289

Replacing Ink Supply Units (Ink Packs) and Maintenance

Boxes

When ink is expended in an ink pack or the maintenance box is at the end of its service life, you need to

replace it. The maintenance box stores ink that gets flushed from the system during print head cleaning.

Note: Please dispose of your used Epson branded ink packs and maintenance boxes responsibly and in

accordance with local requirements. If you would like to return your used ink packs and maintenance

boxes to Epson for proper disposal, please go to epson.com/recycle for more information.

Check Ink and Maintenance Box Status

Purchase Epson Ink Packs and Maintenance Boxes

Removing and Installing Ink Packs

Maintenance Box Replacement

Related concepts

Print Head Maintenance

Check Ink and Maintenance Box Status

Your product and its software will let you know when ink is low or expended, or when the maintenance

box needs to be replaced.

Note: When using the Epson Universal Print Driver or PostScript (PS3) printer software with the product,

you can check ink and maintenance box status by using the product buttons or the utilities included with

the standard Epson printer software. To download the standard Epson printer software, visit

epson.com/support (U.S.), epson.ca/support (Canada), or epson.com.jm/support (Caribbean) and select

your product.

Checking Ink Status on the LCD Screen

Checking Ink and Maintenance Box Status - Windows

Checking Ink and Maintenance Box Status - Mac

Parent topic: Replacing Ink Supply Units (Ink Packs) and Maintenance Boxes

Checking Ink Status on the LCD Screen

When the ink pack is low or expended, you see a message on the LCD screen. Select How To and

follow the steps on the LCD screen to replace the ink pack.

290

You can also check the status of the ink pack and maintenance box from the product control panel.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select the icon.

You see a screen like this:

The ink and maintenance box levels are displayed at the bottom of the screen.

Note: The displayed ink and maintenance box levels are approximate.

3. For more information, select the ink images at the bottom of the screen.

Parent topic: Check Ink and Maintenance Box Status

Related concepts

Maintenance Box Replacement

Related tasks

Removing and Installing Ink Packs

Checking Ink and Maintenance Box Status - Windows

A low ink reminder appears if you try to print when ink is low. You can also check your ink or

maintenance box status at any time using a utility on your Windows computer.

1. To check your status, access the Windows Desktop and double-click the icon for your product in

the right side of the Windows taskbar, or click the up arrow and right-click . Then click Details.

291

You see this window:

2. Replace or reinstall the maintenance box or ink pack as indicated on the screen.

Note: If the ink pack installed in the product is broken, incompatible with the product model, or

improperly installed, Epson Status Monitor will not display an accurate ink status.

3. To disable promotional offers, right-click the product icon in the Windows taskbar and select

Monitoring Preferences.

292

You see this window:

4. Deselect the Display Epson Offers checkbox.

Parent topic: Check Ink and Maintenance Box Status

Related concepts

Maintenance Box Replacement

Related tasks

Removing and Installing Ink Packs

Checking Ink and Maintenance Box Status - Mac

You can check the status of your ink and maintenance box using a utility on your Mac.

293

1. In the Apple menu or the Dock, select System Preferences. Select Print & Fax,Print & Scan, or

Printers & Scanners, select your product, and select Options & Supplies. Select Utility and select

Open Printer Utility.

2. Select EPSON Status Monitor.

You see this window:

3. Do the following as necessary:

• You can update the ink and maintenance box status by clicking Update.

• Replace or reinstall the maintenance box or an ink pack as indicated on the screen.

Note: If an ink pack installed in the product is broken, incompatible with the product model, or

improperly installed, Epson Status Monitor will not display an accurate ink status.

294

Parent topic: Check Ink and Maintenance Box Status

Related concepts

Maintenance Box Replacement

Related tasks

Removing and Installing Ink Packs

Purchase Epson Ink Packs and Maintenance Boxes

You can purchase genuine Epson ink, maintenance boxes, and paper at epson.com (U.S. sales),

epson.ca (Canadian sales), or epson.com.jm (Caribbean sales). You can also purchase supplies from

an Epson authorized reseller. To find the nearest one, call 800-GO-EPSON (800-463-7766) in the U.S.

or 800-807-7766 in Canada.

Note: This printer is designed for use with Epson ink packs only, not third-party ink packs or ink. Other

brands of ink supplies are not compatible and, if described as compatible, may not function properly or

continuously. Such restrictions can be avoided with some other printers such as Epson EcoTank

cartridge-free printers.

The included initial ink pack is designed for reliable printer setup and cannot be used as a replacement

ink pack or resold. After setup, the remaining ink is available for printing. Yields are based on ISO 24711

in default mode, printing continuously. Yields vary due to print images, settings, and temperatures.

Printing infrequently reduces yields. Your ink pack must be installed with ink for printing and printer

maintenance. For print quality, some ink remains in the replaced ink pack.

Ink Supply Unit (Ink Pack) Part Numbers

Parent topic: Replacing Ink Supply Units (Ink Packs) and Maintenance Boxes

Ink Supply Unit (Ink Pack) Part Numbers

Use these part numbers when you order or purchase new ink packs.

Maintenance box part number: T6716

Ink color Part number

Standard-capacity High-capacity Extra High-capacity

Black M02 M02XL M02XXL

Parent topic: Purchase Epson Ink Packs and Maintenance Boxes

295

Removing and Installing Ink Packs

Make sure you have your replacement ink pack handy before you begin. You must install a new ink pack

immediately after removing the old one.

1. If the ink pack is low or expended, you see a message on your product's LCD screen and on your

computer screen.

2. Unlock and open the front cover.

3. Press the ink pack tray until it clicks and pull it out.

296

4. Remove the used ink pack from the tray.

Note: Dispose of used ink packs carefully. Do not take the used ink pack apart or try to refill it.

Warning: If ink gets on your skin, wash it thoroughly with soap and water. If ink gets into your eyes,

flush them immediately with water. Seek medical advice if problems persist. If ink gets into your

mouth, spit it out and see a doctor right away. Keep ink packs out of the reach of children.

5. Shake the new ink pack 10 times and remove it from the packaging.

Caution: Do not touch the green chip on the ink pack.

6. Insert the new ink pack into the ink pack tray as shown. Place the ink pack into the ink pack tray and

move the handle forward to make sure the ink pack sets correctly.

297

7. Make sure the top of the ink pack is level with the top of the tray and move the handle back to its

original position.

298

8. Slide the ink pack tray into the product until it clicks.

Note: If you cannot insert the tray all the way, make sure the top of the ink pack is level with the top

of the tray.

9. When you are finished, close and lock the front cover.

299

10. Follow the on-screen instructions to charge your product's ink.

Parent topic: Replacing Ink Supply Units (Ink Packs) and Maintenance Boxes

Related concepts

Purchase Epson Ink Packs and Maintenance Boxes

Maintenance Box Replacement

The maintenance box stores surplus ink that gets flushed from the system during print head cleaning.

When you see a message on the LCD screen, follow the on-screen instructions to replace the

maintenance box.

Note the following precautions when replacing the maintenance box:

• Do not remove the maintenance box or its cover except when replacing the maintenance box.

• Do not touch the green chip on the side of the maintenance box.

• Do not tilt the maintenance box after removing it or ink may leak.

• Do not touch the openings in the maintenance box or you may get ink on you.

• Do not drop the maintenance box or subject it to strong shocks.

• If you cannot replace the cover, the maintenance box may not be installed correctly. Remove and

reinstall the maintenance box.

• Do not store the maintenance box in high or freezing temperatures.

Caution: Do not reuse a maintenance box that has been removed and left uninstalled for a long period.

Keep the maintenance box away from direct sunlight.

Note: The maintenance box is a user-replaceable part and is not covered by the product warranty.

Parent topic: Replacing Ink Supply Units (Ink Packs) and Maintenance Boxes

Related concepts

Purchase Epson Ink Packs and Maintenance Boxes

300

Adjusting Print Quality

If your print quality declines, you may need to run a utility to clean or align the print head.

Note: If you are using your Epson product with the Windows 10 S operating system, you cannot use the

software described in this section. You also cannot download and install any Epson product software

from the Epson website for use with Windows 10 S; you must obtain software only from the Windows

Store.

Note: When using the Epson Universal Print Driver or PostScript (PS3) printer software with the product,

you can clean the print head, adjust the print quality, and run a nozzle check by using the product

buttons or the utilities included with the standard Epson printer software. To download the standard

Epson printer software, visit epson.com/support (U.S.), epson.ca/support (Canada), or

epson.com.jm/support (Caribbean) and select your product.

If running these utilities does not solve the problem, you may need to replace the ink pack.

Print Head Maintenance

Print Head Alignment

Print Quality Adjustment

Cleaning the Paper Guide

Print Head Maintenance

If your printouts become too light, or you see dark or light bands across them, you may need to clean the

print head nozzles. Cleaning uses ink, so clean the nozzles only if print quality declines.

You can check for clogged nozzles before you clean them so you don’t clean them unnecessarily.

Note: You cannot clean the print head if ink is expended, and may not be able to clean it when ink is low.

Print Head Nozzle Check

Print Head Cleaning

Parent topic: Adjusting Print Quality

Print Head Nozzle Check

You can print a nozzle check pattern to check for clogged nozzles.

Checking the Nozzles Using the Product Control Panel

301

Checking the Nozzles Using a Computer Utility

Parent topic: Print Head Maintenance

Checking the Nozzles Using the Product Control Panel

You can check the print head nozzles using the control panel on your product.

1. Make sure there are no errors on the LCD screen.

2. Load a few sheets of plain paper in the product.

3. Press the home button, if necessary.

4. Select Settings >Maintenance >Print Head Nozzle Check.

You see a screen like this:

5. Select Start.

The nozzle pattern prints.

6. Check the printed pattern to see if there are gaps in the lines.

Print head is clean

302

Print head needs cleaning

7. Do one of the following:

• If there are no gaps, select .

• If there are gaps or the pattern is faint, select and continue.

8. Follow the instructions on the screen to clean the print head, check the nozzles, and repeat the

process as necessary.

Caution: Never turn off the product or open the front cover during a cleaning cycle or you may not

be able to print.

If you don’t see any improvement after cleaning the print head up to 4 times, wait at least 6 hours without

printing. Then try cleaning the print head again. If quality still does not improve, contact Epson.

Parent topic: Print Head Nozzle Check

Related concepts

Print Head Cleaning

Related topics

Loading Paper

Checking the Nozzles Using a Computer Utility

You can check the print head nozzles using a utility on your Windows or Mac computer.

1. Make sure there are no errors on the LCD screen.

2. Load a few sheets of plain paper in the product.

303

3. Do one of the following:

•Windows: Access the Windows Desktop and right-click the icon for your product in the right

side of the Windows taskbar, or click the up arrow and right-click .

•Mac: In the Apple menu or the Dock, select System Preferences. Select Print & Fax,Print &

Scan, or Printers & Scanners, select your product, and select Options & Supplies. Select

Utility and select Open Printer Utility.

4. Select Nozzle Check.

You see a window like this:

5. Click Print.

304

6. Check the printed pattern to see if there are gaps in the lines.

Print head is clean

Print head needs cleaning

7. If there are no gaps, click Finish.

Caution: Never turn off the product or open the front cover during a cleaning cycle or you may not

be able to print.

If there are gaps or the pattern is faint, clean the print head.

If you don’t see any improvement after cleaning the print head up to 4 times, wait at least 6 hours without

printing. Then try cleaning the print head again. If quality still does not improve, contact Epson.

Parent topic: Print Head Nozzle Check

Related concepts

Print Head Cleaning

305

Related topics

Loading Paper

Print Head Cleaning

If print quality has declined and the nozzle check pattern indicates clogged nozzles, you can clean the

print head.

Note: You cannot clean the print head if ink is expended, and may not be able to clean it when ink is low.

Cleaning the Print Head Using the Product Control Panel

Cleaning the Print Head Using a Computer Utility

Enabling the Periodic Cleaning Setting

Parent topic: Print Head Maintenance

Related tasks

Removing and Installing Ink Packs

Cleaning the Print Head Using the Product Control Panel

You can clean the print head using the control panel on your product.

1. Make sure there are no errors on the LCD screen.

2. Load a few sheets of plain paper in the product.

3. Press the home button, if necessary.

4. Select Settings >Maintenance >Print Head Cleaning.

You see a screen like this:

5. Select Start to clean the print head.

306

When the cleaning cycle is finished, you see a message on the screen.

Caution: Never turn off the product or open the front cover during a cleaning cycle or you may not

be able to print.

6. Select Yes if you want to print a new nozzle check pattern.

7. Select Start to print a nozzle check pattern and confirm that the print head is clean.

8. Check the printed pattern to see if there are gaps in the lines.

Print head is clean

Print head needs cleaning

If you don’t see any improvement after cleaning the print head up to 4 times, wait at least 6 hours without

printing. Then try cleaning the print head again. If quality still does not improve, contact Epson.

Parent topic: Print Head Cleaning

307

Related topics

Loading Paper

Cleaning the Print Head Using a Computer Utility

You can clean the print head using a utility on your Windows computer or Mac.

1. Make sure there are no errors on the LCD screen.

2. Load a few sheets of plain paper in the product.

3. Do one of the following:

•Windows: Access the Windows Desktop and right-click the icon for your product in the right

side of the Windows taskbar, or click the up arrow and right-click .

•Mac: In the Apple menu or the Dock, select System Preferences. Select Print & Fax,Print &

Scan, or Printers & Scanners, select your product, and select Options & Supplies. Select

Utility and select Open Printer Utility.

4. Select Head Cleaning.

308

You see a window like this:

5. Click Start to begin the cleaning cycle.

The power light flashes throughout the cleaning cycle and stays on when the cleaning cycle is

finished.

Caution: Never turn off the product or open the front cover during a cleaning cycle or you may not

be able to print.

6. When the cleaning cycle is finished, you can check to see if the nozzles are clean; click Print Nozzle

Check Pattern and click Print.

309

7. Check the printed pattern to see if there are gaps in the lines.

Print head is clean

Print head needs cleaning

• If there are no gaps, click Finish.

• If there are gaps or the pattern is faint, click Clean to clean the print head again.

If you don’t see any improvement after cleaning the print head up to 4 times, wait at least 6 hours without

printing. Then try cleaning the print head again. If quality still does not improve, contact Epson.

Parent topic: Print Head Cleaning

Related topics

Loading Paper

Enabling the Periodic Cleaning Setting

You can set the product to automatically check and clean the print head nozzles. By routinely checking

and cleaning the print head nozzles, you can better maintain premium print quality.

310

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >Maintenance >Periodic Cleaning.

3. Select On to enable the Periodic Cleaning setting.

Parent topic: Print Head Cleaning

Print Head Alignment

If your printouts become grainy or blurry, you notice misalignment of vertical lines, or you see dark or

light horizontal bands, you may need to align the print head.

Note: Banding may also occur if your print head nozzles need cleaning.

Aligning the Print Head Using the Product Control Panel

Parent topic: Adjusting Print Quality

Aligning the Print Head Using the Product Control Panel

You can align the print head using the control panel on your product.

1. Make sure there are no errors on the LCD screen.

2. Load a few sheets of plain paper in the product.

3. Press the home button, if necessary.

4. Select Settings >Maintenance >Print Head Alignment.

5. Select one of the following options:

•Ruled Line Alignment if your printout is blurry.

•Horizontal Alignment if your printout contains horizontal banding.

6. Follow the on-screen instructions to print an alignment sheet.

Note: Do not cancel printing while you are printing head alignment patterns.

311

7. Check the printed patterns on the alignment sheet and select the following on the LCD screen,

depending on the alignment pattern you printed:

•Ruled Line Alignment: Select the number representing the pattern with the least amount of

separation or overlap.

Select the number representing the pattern with the least misaligned vertical line.

•Horizontal Alignment: Select the number representing the pattern with the least amount of

separation or overlap.

312

8. Select Done.

Parent topic: Print Head Alignment

Related topics

Loading Paper

Print Quality Adjustment

If your printouts become grainy or blurry, you notice misalignment of vertical lines, or you see dark or

light horizontal bands, you may need to adjust the print quality.

Note: Banding may also occur if your print head nozzles need cleaning.

Adjusting the Print Quality Using the Product Control Panel

Parent topic: Adjusting Print Quality

Adjusting the Print Quality Using the Product Control Panel

You can adjust the print quality using the control panel on your product.

1. Make sure there are no errors on the LCD screen.

2. Load a few sheets of plain paper in the product.

3. Press the home button, if necessary.

4. Select Settings >Maintenance.

You see a screen like this:

5. Select Print Quality Adjustment.

313

6. Follow the on-screen instructions to print an alignment sheet.

Note: Do not cancel printing while you are printing head alignment patterns.

7. Check the printed patterns on the alignment sheet and select the following on the LCD screen:

• For pattern 1, select the number representing the pattern with the least amount of separation or

overlap.

• For patterns 2 and 3, select the number representing the pattern with the least misaligned vertical

line.

• For patterns 4 and 5, select the number representing the pattern with the least amount of

separation or overlap.

314

8. Select Done.

Parent topic: Print Quality Adjustment

Related topics

Loading Paper

Cleaning the Paper Guide

If you see ink on the back of a printout, you can clean the paper guide rollers to remove any excess ink.

1. If printouts are smeared or scuffed, load plain paper in the paper source that you want to clean in

one of these sizes: Letter (8.5 × 11 inches [216 × 279 mm]) or A4 (8.3 × 11.7 inches

[210 × 297 mm]).

2. Press the home button, if necessary.

3. Select Settings >Maintenance >Paper Guide Cleaning.

4. Select the paper source you want to clean then select Start.

5. Repeat these steps as necessary until the paper comes out clean.

Note: If the paper is still smeared or scuffed, repeat these steps to clean the other paper sources.

Parent topic: Adjusting Print Quality

Related topics

Loading Paper

315

Cleaning and Transporting Your Product

See these sections if you need to clean or transport your product.

Cleaning Your Product

Transporting Your Product

Cleaning Your Product

To keep your product working at its best, you should clean it several times a year.

Caution: Do not use a hard brush, benzene, alcohol, or paint thinner to clean the product or you may

damage it. Do not use oil or other lubricants inside the product or let water get inside it. Close the rear

paper feed slot when you are not using it, to keep out dust.

1. Turn off the product.

2. Wait for the power light to turn off, then unplug the power cable.

3. Disconnect any connected cables.

4. Remove all the paper from the product.

5. Clean the outer case and control panel with a soft, dry cloth. Do not use liquid or chemical cleansers.

316

6. Clean the scanner glass and the glass area on the left with a soft, lint-free cloth (microfiber is

recommended), moistened with a little glass cleaner.

Caution: Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the glass and do not press the glass surface with

any force. Wipe off all remaining liquid.

Note: If lines appear on the printout or in scanned images, carefully clean the scanner glass on the

left.

317

7. Open the ADF cover.

8. Use a soft, moist, lint-free cloth (microfiber is recommended) to clean the rollers and the interior of

the ADF.

Note: Wait for the ADF rollers to dry before using the product.

318

Parent topic: Cleaning and Transporting Your Product

Transporting Your Product

If you need to store your product or transport it a long distance, prepare it for transportation as described

here.

Caution: During transportation and storage, follow these guidelines:

• Because the product is heavy, two or more people should lift and carry it using the hand positions

shown here:

• Avoid tilting the product, placing it vertically, or turning it upside down; otherwise ink may leak.

• Leave the ink pack installed. Removing the pack can dry out the print head and may prevent the

product from printing.

Note: Before storing your product for a long period, replace low, expended, or expired ink to help

prevent the print head from drying out. Store your product in a cool, dry place.

1. Turn off the product.

2. Wait for the power light to turn off, then unplug the power cable.

3. Disconnect any connected cables.

4. Remove all the paper from the product and make sure there are no originals on the scanner glass.

5. Lift up the scanner unit.

6. Make sure the print head is in the home position on the right.

319

7. Secure the print head to the case with tape as shown.

Caution: Do not touch the white flat cable inside the product; otherwise, you may damage your

product.

8. Lower the scanner unit.

320

9. Uninstall the optional paper cassette, if necessary.

321

10. Close the rear paper feed slot and output tray and lower the control panel.

11. Remove the output tray.

12. Place the product in its original packing materials, if possible, or use equivalent materials with

cushioning around the product.

Keep the product level during transportation. If print quality has declined when you print again, clean and

align the print head. Make sure you remove the tape securing the print head before using the product.

Parent topic: Cleaning and Transporting Your Product

322

Related concepts

Print Head Cleaning

Print Quality Adjustment

Related tasks

Removing and Installing Ink Packs

323

Solving Problems

Check these sections for solutions to problems you may have using your product.

Checking for Software Updates

Product Status Messages

Job Status Error Codes

Running a Product Check

Resetting Control Panel Defaults

Solving Setup Problems

Solving Network Problems

Solving Copying Problems

Solving Paper Problems

Solving Problems Printing from a Computer

Solving PostScript Printing Problems

Solving Page Layout and Content Problems

Solving Print Quality Problems

Solving Scanning Problems

Solving Scanned Image Quality Problems

Solving Faxing Problems

Solving USB Device Problems

Uninstall Your Product Software

Where to Get Help

Checking for Software Updates

Periodically, it's a good idea to check Epson's support website for free updates to your product software.

Visit epson.com/support (U.S.), epson.ca/support (Canada), or epson.com.jm/support (Caribbean) and

select your product.

Note: Epson periodically provides firmware updates to address issues of security, performance, minor

bug fixes and ensure your printer functions as designed. Your printer was designed to work only with

genuine Epson ink packs, therefore some updates may affect the functionality of third-party ink.

324

•Windows: Your printer software automatically checks for updates. You can also manually update the

software by selecting Software Update here:

• Access the Windows Desktop and right-clicking the icon for your product in the right side of the

Windows taskbar, or clicking the up arrow and right-clicking .

• On the Maintenance tab in the printer settings window

You can also update the software by selecting EPSON Software Updater in the EPSON or EPSON

Software program group, accessible by the Start button, or on the Start or Apps screens, depending

on your version of Windows.

•OS X: You can manually update the software by opening the Applications >Epson Software folder

and selecting EPSON Software Updater.

•macOS 10.12.x or 10.13.x: You can manually update the software by opening the App Store,

selecting Updates, searching for a software update option for Epson Software, and selecting Update.

Parent topic: Solving Problems

Product Status Messages

You can often diagnose problems with your product by checking the messages and status icons on its

LCD screen. You can also check for errors by pressing the Job/Status button and selecting Printer

Status.

Note: If the LCD screen is dark, press the screen to wake the product from sleep mode.

LCD screen message Condition/solution

Printer error. Turn the power off and

on again. If the problem persists,

contact Epson Support.

Turn the product off and then back on again. If the error persists,

check for and remove any jammed paper or protective materials

from the product. If the error still persists, contact Epson for

support.

If you see any of the following error codes, make sure you have

not exceeded the loading capacity for any paper source:

• 000181

• 000184

Printer error. Contact Epson Support.

Non-printing features are available.

The product may be damaged, but features such as scanning

are still available. Contact Epson for support.

325

LCD screen message Condition/solution

Printer error. For details, see your

documentation.

The product may be damaged. Contact Epson for support.

Paper out in XX. Load paper. Paper

Size: XX/Paper Type: XX

Load the size and type of paper in the indicated paper source .

Too many paper cassette units are

installed. Turn the power off and

uninstall the extra units. See your

documentation for details.

You can install one optional paper cassette unit. Remove any

extra units.

Cannot print because XX is out of

order. You can print from another

cassette.

Turn the product off and then back on again. Reinsert the

indicated paper cassette. If the error persists, contact Epson for

support.

You need to replace Ink Supply

Unit(s).

Replace the indicated ink packs.

Paper Setup Auto Display is set to

Off. Some features may not be

available. For details, see your

documentation.

AirPrint is not available when the Paper Setup Auto Display

setting is turned off. Change the Paper Setup Auto Display

setting to On.

No dial tone is detected. Make sure the phone cable is connected correctly and the

phone line works. If you connected the product to a PBX (Private

Branch Exchange) phone line or Terminal Adapter, change the

Line Type setting to PBX. Use a # (hash) instead of the actual

access code when entering an outside fax number. This makes

the connection more secure. If you still cannot send a fax, turn

off the Dial Tone Detection setting. (Turning off the Dial Tone

Detection setting may cause the product to drop the first digit of

a fax number.)

Failed to receive faxes because the

fax data capacity is full. Touch the

Job/Status at the bottom of the Home

Screen for details.

Press the Job/Status button, select Printer Status, and

resolve any printer errors that prevented faxes from printing.

Make sure the product is connected to a computer or that an

external USB device is connected to the product.

The combination of the IP address

and the subnet mask is invalid. See

your documentation for more details.

There is a problem with the network connection to your product.

Set up your product on the network again.

326

LCD screen message Condition/solution

To use cloud services, update the

root certificate from the Epson Web

Config utility.

Access the Web Config utility and update the cloud service root

certificate.

Check that the printer driver is

installed on the computer and that

the port settings for the printer are

correct.

On a Windows computer, go to Control Panel >Hardware and

Sound >Devices and Printers. Right-click the printer and

select Printer Properties. Make sure the printer port is selected

correctly in the Ports tab. Select the USBXXX setting for a USB

connection or EpsonNet Print Port for a network connection.

Recovery mode An error has occurred during firmware updating. Connect your

product using a USB cable and try downloading the Firmware

Update from the Epson support site. If you still need help,

contact Epson for support.

Parent topic: Solving Problems

Related references

Where to Get Help

Related tasks

Removing and Installing Ink Packs

Selecting the Line Type

Accessing the Web Config Utility

Checking for Software Updates

Connecting a Telephone or Answering Machine

Related topics

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Job Status Error Codes

If a job does not complete successfully, you can check the error code for the reason. Press the

Job/Status button, select Job Status >Log, and select the incomplete job to display the error code

and additional information.

Code Condition/solution

001 The product was turned off by a power failure.

327

Code Condition/solution

101 Memory is full. Reduce the size of the print job by lowering the print quality, changing the

format setting, or reducing the number of graphics or the number and size of the fonts.

102 Collated printing has failed due to a lack of available memory. Clear fonts and macros

from the product's memory using the PDL Font >Macro option from the Settings >

General Settings >System Administration >Clear Internal Memory Data list, reduce

the size of the print job, or print one copy at a time.

103 Print quality was decreased due to a lack of available memory. If the quality of the printout

is unacceptable, try simplifying the page by reducing the number of graphics or the

number and size of the fonts.

104 Reverse printing has failed due to a lack of available memory. Clear fonts and macros

from the product's memory using the PDL Font >Macro option from the Settings >

General Settings >System Administration >Clear Internal Memory Data list or

reduce the data size of the print job.

106 Cannot print from the computer due to access control settings. Contact your product

administrator.

107 User authentication failed and the job has been canceled. Make sure the user name and

password are correct. If you still cannot print, select Settings >General Settings >

System Administration >Security Settings >Access Control. Enable the user

restriction function and allow the job without authentication information.

108 Confidential job data was deleted when the product was turned off.

109 The received fax was already deleted.

110 The job was printed 1-sided because the loaded paper does not support 2-sided printing.

If you want to print on both sides, load paper that supports 2-sided printing.

111 Available memory is running low. Reduce the size of the print job by lowering the print

quality, changing the format setting, or reducing the number of graphics or the number

and size of the fonts.

120 Cannot communicate with a server using an open platform. Check the server or network

for errors.

201 The product's memory is full. You can send pages individually, or print received faxes and

delete them to free up memory space. If you are sending a monochrome fax to a single

destination, you can send it by using Direct Send.

202 The line was disconnected by the recipient's fax machine. Wait a moment, then try again.

328

Code Condition/solution

203 The product cannot detect a dial tone.

Make sure the phone cable is connected correctly and the phone line works. If you

connected the product to a PBX (Private Branch Exchange) phone line or Terminal

Adapter, change the Line Type setting to PBX. If you still cannot send a fax, turn off the

Dial Tone Detection setting. (Turning off the Dial Tone Detection setting may cause the

product to drop the first digit of a fax number.)

204 The recipient's fax machine is busy. Wait a moment, then try again.

205 The recipient's fax machine does not answer. Wait a moment, then try again.

206 The phone cable is incorrectly connected to the product's LINE and EXT ports. Connect

the phone cable correctly.

207 The phone cable is not connected. Connect the phone cable.

208 The fax could not be sent to some of the specified recipients.

Print a fax log to check which recipients failed to receive the fax. If the Save Failure Data

setting is turned on, you can resend a fax from Job Status in the Job/Status Menu.

301

401

There is not enough storage space available to save the data in the external memory

device. Clear space on the device, reduce the number of documents, reduce the size of

the scanned image, or use a different device.

302

402

The external USB memory device is write-protected. Disable write protection.

303 No folder is available for saving the scanned file. Create a folder or use a different USB

memory device.

304

404

The external USB memory device has been removed. Reinsert the device.

305 An error occurred while saving data to an external memory device. If the device is

accessed from a computer, wait a moment, then try again.

306 The product's memory is full. Wait until current jobs are finished processing.

311

321

411

421

A DNS error has occurred. Check the DNS settings for the server, computer, or access

point. DNS settings for the server can be checked from the DNS Server option in the

Setup menu. If the problem cannot be cleared, contact your product administrator.

329

Code Condition/solution

312

412

An authentication error has occurred. Check the Server Settings in the Setup menu. If the

problem cannot be cleared, contact your product administrator.

313

413

A communication error has occurred. Check the network connection or the authentication

settings in the Settings >General Settings >Scan Settings >Email Server >Server

Settings menu. The authentication method of the settings and the email server may not

match. When you select Off as the authentication method, make sure the authentication

method of the email server is set to None. If the problem cannot be cleared, contact your

product administrator.

314 The data size exceeds the maximum size for the attached files. Increase the Attached

File Max Size setting in the Scan Settings menu on your product or lower the file size of

the scanned image.

315

327

The memory is full. Retry after other ongoing jobs have finished.

322 An authentication error occurred. Check the Location settings in your scan destination or

contact.

323 A communication error has occurred. Check the Location settings in your scan

destination or contact, or check the network connection.

324 A file with the same name already exists in the specified folder. Delete the duplicate file or

change the file name prefix in the Scan Settings >File Settings menu.

325

326

There is not enough storage space available in the specified folder. Increase the storage

space in the specified folder, delete unnecessary files, or lower the file size of the

scanned image.

328 The destination was wrong or the destination does not exist. Check the Location settings

in your scan destination or contact.

331 A communication error occurred. Make sure the product is connected to the network

correctly.

332 There is not enough space available for saving the scanned files in the specified folder.

Delete unnecessary files from the specified folder.

333 The destination could not be found because the destination information was uploaded to

the server before sending the scanned data. Select the destination again.

334 An error occurred while sending the scanned data.

330

Code Condition/solution

341 A communication error has occurred. Make sure the product is connected to the computer

or network correctly. Make sure you have installed Document Capture or Document

Capture Pro. If the problem cannot be cleared, contact your product administrator.

405 An error occurred while saving data to an external USB memory device. Reinsert the USB

memory device or use a different USB memory device on which you created a folder

using the Create a folder to save fax data setting.

422 An authentication error has occurred. Make sure the settings are correct for the folder

selected in Settings >General Settings >Fax Settings >Receive Settings >

Save/Forward Settings.

423 A communication error has occurred.

Check the network connection, or make sure the settings are correct for the folder

selected in Settings >General Settings >Fax Settings >Receive Settings >

Save/Forward Settings. If the problem cannot be cleared, contact your product

administrator.

425 There is not enough storage space available in the forwarding destination folder. Increase

the storage space in the destination folder.

428 The destination was wrong or the destination does not exist. Make sure the settings are

correct for the folder selected in Settings >General Settings >Fax Settings >Receive

Settings >Save/Forward Settings.

Parent topic: Solving Problems

Related tasks

Connecting a Telephone or Answering Machine

Selecting the Line Type

Entering a User ID and Password for Printing

Setting User Feature Restrictions (Access Control)

Saving and Viewing Received Faxes

Selecting Advanced Fax Settings

Related topics

Sending Faxes

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

331

Running a Product Check

Running a product check helps you determine if your product is operating properly.

1. Disconnect any interface cables connected to your product.

2. Load plain paper in the paper cassette.

3. Press the home button, if necessary.

4. Select Settings.

5. Select Maintenance.

You see a screen like this:

6. Select Print Head Nozzle Check.

You see a screen like this:

7. Select Start.

The nozzle pattern prints.

332

8. Do one of the following, depending on the results of the product check:

• If the page prints and the nozzle check pattern is complete, the product is operating properly. Any

operation problem you may have could be caused by your computer, cable, software, or selected

settings. Check the other solutions in this guide or try uninstalling and reinstalling your product

software.

• If the page prints but the nozzle check pattern has gaps, clean the print head.

• If the page does not print, the product may have a problem. Check the other solutions in this

manual. If they do not work, contact Epson.

Parent topic: Solving Problems

Related concepts

Print Head Cleaning

Print Quality Adjustment

Uninstall Your Product Software

Related references

Where to Get Help

Resetting Control Panel Defaults

If you have a problem with settings on the product control panel, you can reset them to their factory

defaults. You can choose which settings to reset or reset them all.

Note: This setting can be locked by an administrator. If you cannot access or change this setting,

contact your administrator for assistance.

1. Press the home button, if necessary.

2. Select Settings >General Settings >System Administration. Enter the administrator password, if

necessary.

3. Select Restore Default Settings.

333

You see a screen like this:

4. Select one of these options:

•Network Settings: Resets all network settings

•Copy Settings: Resets all settings for copying

•Scan Settings: Resets all settings for scanning

•Fax Settings: Resets all settings for faxing

•Clear All Data and Settings: Resets all control panel settings including the contacts list

You see a confirmation screen.

5. Select Yes to reset the selected settings. (Select No if you want to cancel the operation.)

Parent topic: Solving Problems

Solving Setup Problems

Check these sections if you have problems while setting up your product.

Product Does Not Turn On or Off

Noise After Ink Installation

Software Installation Problems

Parent topic: Solving Problems

Product Does Not Turn On or Off

If you cannot turn the product on or off, try these solutions:

• If you cannot turn on your product, make sure the power cord is securely connected and hold down

the power button a little longer.

334

• If you cannot turn off your product, hold down the power button a little longer. If you still cannot turn off

your product, unplug the power cord, plug the power cord back in, then turn your product on and off

again using the power button.

Parent topic: Solving Setup Problems

Noise After Ink Installation

If you hear noises from your product after installing ink, check the following:

• The first time you install the ink pack, the product must charge its print head. Wait until charging

finishes before you turn off the product, or it may charge improperly and use excess ink the next time

you turn it on.

• If the product's print head stops moving or making noise, and the charging process has not finished

after approximately 5 minutes, turn off your product. Turn it back on and check to see if charging is still

in progress. If it is still in progress, contact Epson for help.

Parent topic: Solving Setup Problems

Software Installation Problems

If you have problems while installing your product software, try these solutions:

• Make sure your product is turned on and any necessary cables are securely connected at both ends. If

you still have problems installing software, disconnect the cable and carefully follow the instructions on

the Start Here sheet. Also make sure your system meets the requirements for your operating system.

• Close any other programs, including screen savers and virus protection software, and install your

product software again.

• In Windows, make sure your product is selected as the default printer and the correct port is shown in

the printer properties.

• If you see any error message or your software does not install correctly in Windows, you may not have

software installation privileges. Contact your system administrator.

Parent topic: Solving Setup Problems

Related references

Windows System Requirements

Mac System Requirements

Solving Network Problems

Check these solutions if you have problems setting up or using your product on a network.

335

Note: Breakdown or repair of this product may cause loss of fax and network data and settings. Epson is

not responsible for backing up or recovering data and settings during or after the warranty period. We

recommend that you make your own backup or print out your fax and network data and settings.

Product Cannot Connect to a Wireless Router or Access Point

Network Software Cannot Find Product on a Network

Product Does Not Appear in Mac Printer Window

Cannot Print Over a Network

Cannot Scan Over a Network

Parent topic: Solving Problems

Product Cannot Connect to a Wireless Router or Access Point

If your product has trouble finding or connecting to a wireless router or access point, try these solutions:

• If you are connecting the product via Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) and the Wi-Fi icon on your

product's LCD screen is not lit or does not appear, make sure you select one of the WPS options from

the product control panel within 2 minutes of pressing the WPS button on your router.

• Make sure to place your product within contact range of your 2.4 GHz router or access point. Avoid

placing your product near a microwave oven, 2.4 GHz cordless phone, or large metal object, such as a

filing cabinet.

Note: If you are using a 5 GHz wireless router, set the router to operate in dual band (2.4 GHz and

5 GHz) mode. If your router uses a single network name (SSID) for both the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz band,

give each band its own network name (SSID) instead, such as Home Network 2.4 GHz and Home

Network 5 GHz. See your router documentation or contact your internet service provider for

instructions.

• Verify that your router or access point is operating correctly by connecting to it from your computer or

another device.

• You may need to disable the firewall and any anti-virus software on your wireless router or access

point.

• Check to see if access restrictions, such as MAC address filtering, are set on the router or access

point. If access restrictions are set, add your product's MAC address to your router's address list. To

obtain your product's MAC address, print a network status sheet. Then follow the instructions in your

router or access point documentation to add the address to the list.

• If your router or access point does not broadcast its network name (SSID), follow the instructions that

came with your product to enter your wireless network name manually.

336

• If your router or access point has security enabled, determine the kind of security it is using and any

required password or passphrase for connection. Then make sure to enter the exact WEP key or WPA

passphrase correctly.

• Check if your computer is restricting the available wireless channels. If so, verify that your wireless

access point is using one of the usable channels and change to a usable channel, if necessary.

• If you are using a Wi-Fi Direct connection that suddenly disconnects, the Wi-Fi direct password on

your device may have been changed. If necessary, delete the existing DIRECT-xxxxxxxx connection

settings from your device and enter a new password. See your device documentation for instructions.

Parent topic: Solving Network Problems

Related concepts

Wi-Fi Direct Mode Setup

Related tasks

Selecting Wireless Network Settings from the Control Panel

Printing a Network Status Sheet

Related topics

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Network Software Cannot Find Product on a Network

If EpsonNet Setup cannot find your product on a network, try these solutions:

• Make sure your product is turned on and connected to your network. Verify connection using your

product control panel.

• Check if your network name (SSID) contains non-ASCII characters. Your product cannot display non-

ASCII characters.

• Make sure your product is not connected to a guest network.

• If necessary, reinstall your product software and try running EpsonNet Setup again:

1. Reset your product's network settings to their factory defaults.

2. Windows only: Uninstall your product software.

3. Initialize your router following the instructions in your router documentation.

Note: If you are reading these instructions online, you will lose your Internet connection when you

initialize your router, so note the next step before initializing it.

337

4. Download your product software from the Epson website using the instructions on the Start Here

sheet.

• If you have replaced your router, reinstall your product software to connect to the new router.

Note: If you are using a 5 GHz wireless router, set the router to operate in dual band (2.4 GHz and

5 GHz) mode. If your router uses a single network name (SSID) for both the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz band,

give each band its own network name (SSID) instead, such as Home Network 2.4 GHz and Home

Network 5 GHz. See your router documentation or contact your internet service provider for

instructions.

• Check to see if your wireless router or access point has an enabled Privacy Separator function that is

preventing detection of your device over the network. See your router or access point documentation

for instructions on disabling the Privacy Separator function.

Parent topic: Solving Network Problems

Related concepts

Uninstall Your Product Software

Related topics

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Product Does Not Appear in Mac Printer Window

If your product does not appear in the Mac printer window, try these solutions:

• Turn your product off, wait 30 seconds, then turn it back on again.

• If you are connecting the product via Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) and the Wi-Fi icon on your

product's LCD screen is not lit, make sure you select one of the WPS options from the product control

panel within 2 minutes of pressing the WPS button on your router.

• If you are connecting the product wirelessly via EpsonNet Setup and you do not see the Wi-Fi antenna

icon with connection bars on your LCD screen, make sure your product software was installed

correctly. If necessary, reinstall your software.

Note: If you are using a 5 GHz wireless router, set the router to operate in dual band (2.4 GHz and

5 GHz) mode. If your router uses a single network name (SSID) for both the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz band,

give each band its own network name (SSID) instead, such as Home Network 2.4 GHz and Home

Network 5 GHz. See your router documentation or contact your internet service provider for instructions.

Parent topic: Solving Network Problems

338

Related concepts

Uninstall Your Product Software

Cannot Print Over a Network

If you cannot print over a network, try these solutions:

• Make sure that your product is turned on.

• Make sure you install your product's network software as described in your product documentation.

• Print a network status sheet and verify that the network settings are correct. If the network status is

Disconnected, check any cable connections and turn your product off and then on again.

• If you are using TCP/IP, make sure the product's IP address is set correctly for your network. If your

network does not assign IP addresses using DHCP, set the IP address manually.

• Make sure your computer and product are both using the same wireless network.

• If network printing is slow, print a network status sheet and check the signal strength. If it is poor, place

your product closer to your router or access point. Avoid placing your product near a microwave oven,

2.4 GHz cordless phone, or large metal object, such as a filing cabinet.

Note: If you are using a 5 GHz wireless router, set the router to operate in dual band (2.4 GHz and

5 GHz) mode. See your router documentation for instructions.

• Check if there are any paused print jobs.

• Make sure your printer is selected as the default printer.

• Check if the selected printer port is correct.

• Check to see if your wireless router or access point has an enabled Privacy Separator function that is

preventing printing from a device over the network. See your router or access point documentation for

instructions on disabling the Privacy Separator function.

• If you are connecting the product via Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) and the Wi-Fi icon on your

product's LCD screen is not lit, make sure you select one of the WPS options from the product control

panel within 2 minutes of pressing the WPS button on your router.

• Check your wired LAN router or access point to see if the LED for the port to which your product is

connected is on or flashing. If the link LED is off, try the following:

• Make sure the Ethernet cable is securely connected to your product and to your router, access

point, switch, or hub.

• Try connecting your product to a different port or a different router, access point, switch, or hub.

339

• Try connecting with a different Ethernet cable.

• Try printing to your product from another computer on the network.

Note: If you are using a 5 GHz wireless router, set the router to operate in dual band (2.4 GHz and

5 GHz) mode. See your router documentation for instructions.

• If you are connecting the product via EpsonNet Setup and the Wi-Fi icon does not appear lit on the

LCD screen, make sure your product software was installed correctly. If necessary, reinstall your

software.

Parent topic: Solving Network Problems

Related concepts

Uninstall Your Product Software

Related tasks

Printing a Network Status Sheet

Related topics

Wi-Fi or Wired Networking

Cannot Scan Over a Network

If you cannot start Epson Scan 2 for scanning over a network, try these solutions:

• If you cannot scan from your product control panel, make sure you restarted your computer after

installing the product software. Make sure the Event Manager program is not being blocked by your

firewall or security software.

Note: If you are using a 5 GHz wireless router, set the router to operate in dual band (2.4 GHz and

5 GHz) mode. If your router uses a single network name (SSID) for both the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz band,

give each band its own network name (SSID) instead, such as Home Network 2.4 GHz and Home

Network 5 GHz. See your router documentation or contact your internet service provider for

instructions.

• If you are scanning a large original at a high resolution, a network communication error may occur. Try

scanning again at a lower resolution.

• If network communication was interrupted while starting Epson Scan 2, exit Epson Scan 2, wait a few

seconds, and restart it. If Epson Scan 2 cannot restart, turn off your product, turn it back on, and try

restarting Epson Scan 2 again.

• Check the scanner setting and reset the connection if necessary using Epson Scan 2 Utility:

340

Windows 10: Click and select EPSON >Epson Scan 2 Utility. Make sure your product is

selected. If necessary, select the Other tab and click Reset.

Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen, select EPSON, and select Epson Scan 2 Utility. Make

sure your product is selected. If necessary, select the Other tab and click Reset.

Windows (other versions): Click or Start >All Programs or Programs >EPSON >Epson

Scan 2 >Epson Scan 2 Utility. Make sure your product is selected. If necessary, select the Other

tab and click Reset.

Mac: Open the Applications folder, click Epson Software, and click Epson Scan 2 Utility. Make

sure your product is selected. If necessary, select the Other tab and click Reset.

• You may need to disable the firewall and any anti-virus software on your wireless router or access

point.

Parent topic: Solving Network Problems

Related tasks

Starting a Scan Using the Epson Scan 2 Icon

Entering a User ID and Password for Scanning

Starting a Scan Using the Product Control Panel

Solving Copying Problems

Check these solutions if you have problems copying with your product.

Product Makes Noise, But Nothing Copies

Product Makes Noise When It Sits for a While

Originals Do Not Feed From the Automatic Document Feeder

Parent topic: Solving Problems

Product Makes Noise, But Nothing Copies

If your product makes a noise, but nothing copies, try these solutions:

• Run a nozzle check to see if any of the print head nozzles are clogged. Then clean the print head, if

necessary.

• If the nozzle check page does not print, but the product's power is on, make sure your product

software is installed correctly.

• Make sure your product is level (not tilted).

Parent topic: Solving Copying Problems

341

Related concepts

Print Head Cleaning

Print Head Nozzle Check

Product Makes Noise When It Sits for a While

Your product is performing routine maintenance. This is normal.

Parent topic: Solving Copying Problems

Originals Do Not Feed From the Automatic Document Feeder

If your originals do not feed when placed in the ADF, try these solutions:

• Make sure the ADF icon lights up on the Copy, Fax, or Scan screen on the LCD screen. If not, reload

the originals.

• Make sure the size, weight, and number of your originals are supported by the ADF.

• Make sure the originals are loaded correctly.

• Make sure the document is not curled or creased.

• Try cleaning the inside of the ADF.

• Do not load originals above the arrow mark on the ADF edge guide.

Parent topic: Solving Copying Problems

342

Related references

Paper Jams Inside the Product

Paper Feeding Problems

Related tasks

Placing Originals in the Automatic Document Feeder

Cleaning Your Product

Solving Paper Problems

Check these sections if you have problems using paper with your product.

Paper Feeding Problems

Paper Jams Inside the Product

Paper Ejection Problems

Parent topic: Solving Problems

Paper Feeding Problems

If you have problems feeding paper, try these solutions:

• If paper does not feed for printing, remove it from the rear feed slot or cassette. Reload it, then adjust

the edge guides. Make sure the paper stack is not above the tab on the edge guides inside the

cassette or rear feed slot.

• Place the product on a flat surface and operate it in the recommended environmental conditions.

• Be sure to insert the paper cassette all the way into your product.

• If multiple pages feed at once, remove the paper, fan the edges to separate the sheets, and reload it.

• Do not load more than the recommended number of sheets.

• Make sure your paper meets the specifications for your product.

• If paper jams when you print on both sides of the paper, try loading fewer sheets.

• If you installed an optional paper cassette unit, be sure to enable the cassette unit in the printing

software.

• If your product pauses during printing, make sure the front cover is closed.

• For best results, follow these guidelines:

• Use new, smooth, high-quality paper that is not curled, creased, old, too thin, or too thick.

• Load paper in the cassette printable side down.

343

• Do not load binder paper with holes in the cassette.

• Follow any special loading instructions that came with the paper.

Parent topic: Solving Paper Problems

Related references

Paper Jams Inside the Product

Paper Loading Capacity

Paper Specifications

Related tasks

Cleaning the Paper Guide

Related topics

Loading Paper

Paper Jams Inside the Product

If you see a message that paper has jammed in the product, follow the on-screen instructions to locate

and remove the jammed paper.

Take the following precautions when removing jammed paper from the product:

• Remove the jammed paper carefully. Using too much force may damage the product.

• Unless specifically instructed, avoid tilting the product, placing it on its side, or turning it upside down,

as ink may spill.

Warning: Never touch the buttons on the control panel while your hand is inside the product. If the

product starts operating, it may cause an injury. Do not touch any protruding parts inside the product.

Parent topic: Solving Paper Problems

Related topics

Loading Paper

Paper Ejection Problems

If you have problems with paper ejecting properly, try these solutions:

• If paper does not eject fully, you may have set the wrong paper size. Cancel printing to eject the paper.

Select the correct paper size when you reprint.

• If paper is wrinkled when it ejects, it may be damp or too thin. Load new paper and be sure to select

the correct paper type setting when you reprint.

344

Parent topic: Solving Paper Problems

Related references

Paper or Media Type Settings - Printing Software

Related tasks

Cancelling Printing Using a Product Button

Related topics

Loading Paper

Solving Problems Printing from a Computer

Check these sections if you have problems while printing from your computer.

Note: When printing using AirPrint, the available print settings are different from those covered in this

manual. See the Apple website for details.

Note: For problems while printing with the Epson Universal Print Driver or PostScript (PS3) printer

software, see the sections covering that software in this manual.

Nothing Prints

Product Icon Does Not Appear in Windows Taskbar

Printing is Slow

Parent topic: Solving Problems

Nothing Prints

If you have sent a print job and nothing prints, try these solutions:

• Make sure your product is turned on.

• Make sure any interface cables are connected securely at both ends.

• If you connected your product to a USB hub, make sure it is a first-tier hub. If it still does not print,

connect your product directly to your computer instead of the hub.

• Make sure the printer status is not offline or pending.

• Run a product check to see if a test page prints. If the test page prints, check to see if your product

software is installed correctly.

• In Windows, make sure your product is selected as the default printer.

• In Windows, make sure the printer port setting matches the printer connection port.

345

• In Windows, delete all jobs from the Windows Spooler. Click Print Queue on the Maintenance tab in

the printer settings window, and cancel any stalled print jobs.

• On a Mac, make sure the printer is added to the printer list.

• On a Mac, make sure the printer is not paused.

• Make sure your product is turned on and connected to your computer.

• Make sure the Printer Settings >Printing Language setting is set to Auto or PS3.

• Make sure your product is selected as the printer in your printing program.

• In Windows, the product may not print if a large number of print jobs are sent. Try selecting Print

directly to the printer on the Advanced tab in the printer properties.

Parent topic: Solving Problems Printing from a Computer

Related tasks

Running a Product Check

Entering a User ID and Password for Printing

Using AirPrint

Product Icon Does Not Appear in Windows Taskbar

If you do not see your product icon in the Windows taskbar, first try restarting your computer. If that does

not work, try this solution:

1. Do one of the following:

•Windows 10: Click and select (Settings) > Devices >Printers & scanners. Select your

product name and select Manage >Printing preferences.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Control Panel >Hardware and Sound >

Devices and Printers. Right-click your product name, select Printing Preferences, and select

your product name again if necessary.

•Windows 7: Click and select Devices and Printers. Right-click your product name, select

Printing Preferences, and select your product name again if necessary.

•Windows Vista: Click , select Control Panel, and click Printer under Hardware and Sound.

Right-click your product name, select Printing Preferences, and select your product name again if

necessary.

2. Click the Maintenance tab.

3. Click the Extended Settings button.

346

4. Select Enable EPSON Status Monitor 3 and click OK.

5. Click the Monitoring Preferences button.

6. Click the checkbox for the option that adds the shortcut icon to the taskbar.

7. Click OK to close the open program windows.

Parent topic: Solving Problems Printing from a Computer

Printing is Slow

If printing becomes slow, try these solutions:

• Make sure your system meets the requirements for your operating system. If you are printing a high-

resolution image, you may need more than the minimum requirements. If necessary, increase your

system's memory.

• If you are using Windows 7, close the Devices and Printers window before you print.

• Make sure Quiet Mode is turned off.

• Clear space on your hard drive or run a defragmentation utility to free up existing space.

• Close any programs you are not using when you print.

• If your product is connected to a USB hub, connect it directly to your computer instead.

• If printing becomes slower after printing continuously for a long time, the product may have

automatically slowed down to protect the print mechanism from overheating or becoming damaged.

Let the product rest with the power on for 30 minutes, then try printing again.

• If you are using the Windows PostScript printer software, try selecting Fast as the Print Quality

setting on the Advanced tab of the printer software.

For the fastest printing, select the following settings in your product software:

• Make sure the paper type setting matches the type of paper you loaded.

• Turn on any high speed settings in your product software.

• Select a lower print quality setting.

• Make sure the ink drying time has not been increased for double-sided printing.

•Windows: Click the Maintenance or Utility tab, select Extended Settings or Speed and Progress,

and select the following settings:

•Always Spool RAW Datatype

•Page Rendering Mode

347

•Print as Bitmap

•Windows: Select Printer Properties, click the More Options tab and make sure the High Speed

setting is enabled.

•Mac: Select System Preferences , select Printers & Scanners, then select your product. Select

Options & Supplies, then select Options (or Driver) and enable the High Speed Printing setting.

• Enable the bidirectional setting on the product control panel.

If printing is still slow and you are using Windows 7 or Windows Vista, try the following:

1. Click and select Computer or My Computer. Double-click the C: drive and open these folders:

ProgramData > EPSON > PRINTER.

Note: If you do not see the ProgramData folder, open the Organize menu and select Folder and

search options. In the window that appears, click the View tab, select Show hidden files, folders,

and drives in the Advanced settings list, and click OK.

2. Right-click the EPAUDF01.AUD file and select Delete.

3. Restart your computer and try printing again.

Parent topic: Solving Problems Printing from a Computer

Related references

Paper or Media Type Settings - Printing Software

Windows System Requirements

Mac System Requirements

Related tasks

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Windows

Selecting Extended Settings - Windows

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Mac

Solving PostScript Printing Problems

Check these solutions if you have problems using the PostScript printing software.

Nothing Prints Using the PostScript Printing Software

Documents Print Incorrectly Using the PostScript Printing Software

Accessing Printer Properties - PostScript - Windows

Parent topic: Solving Problems

348

Nothing Prints Using the PostScript Printing Software

If your document doesn't print, try these solutions:

• Make sure your product is turned on and connected to your computer.

• Make sure the Printer Settings >Printing Language setting is set to Auto or PS3.

• Make sure your product is selected as the printer in your printing program.

• In Windows, the product may not print if a large number of print jobs are sent. Try selecting Print

directly to the printer on the Advanced tab in the printer properties.

Parent topic: Solving PostScript Printing Problems

Related topics

Enabling Epson Universal Print Driver (PCL) or PostScript Printing

Documents Print Incorrectly Using the PostScript Printing Software

If your document does not print correctly, try these solutions:

• If the file you are printing was created in an application that allows you to change the data format, such

as Adobe Photoshop, make sure the settings in the application match the printer software settings.

• EPS files created in binary format may not print correctly. Try creating the file in ASCII format instead.

• In Windows, the product cannot print binary data if it is connected to the computer using a USB cable.

Try selecting ASCII or TBCP as the Output Protocol setting on the Device Settings tab in the printer

properties.

• In Windows, select the appropriate substitution fonts on the Device Settings tab in the printer

properties.

• In Windows, if the printed colors are incorrect, try adjusting the Color Mode setting on the Advanced

tab of the printer software.

• In Windows, if printing is slow, try selecting Fast as the Print Quality setting on the Advanced tab of

the printer software.

Parent topic: Solving PostScript Printing Problems

Related tasks

Accessing Printer Properties - PostScript - Windows

You can access the printer properties to view and change product settings for PostScript printing.

349

1. Do one of the following:

•Windows 10: Click and select (Settings) > Devices >Printers & scanners. Select your

product name and select Manage >Printer properties.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Control Panel >Hardware and Sound >

Devices and Printers. Right-click the postscript driver for your product, and select Printer

properties.

•Windows 7: Click and select Devices and Printers. Right-click the postscript driver for your

product and select Printer properties.

•Windows Vista: Click and select Control Panel. Click Printer under Hardware and Sound,

then right-click the postscript driver for your product and select Properties.

2. Click any tab to view and change the printer property settings.

Parent topic: Solving PostScript Printing Problems

Solving Page Layout and Content Problems

Check these sections if you have problems with the layout or content of your printed pages.

Note: When printing using AirPrint, the available print settings are different from those covered in this

manual. See the Apple website for details.

Inverted Image

Too Many Copies Print

Blank Pages Print

Incorrect Margins on Printout

Incorrect Characters Print

Incorrect Image Size or Position

Slanted Printout

Parent topic: Solving Problems

Inverted Image

If your printed image is inverted unexpectedly, try these solutions:

• Turn off any mirror or inversion settings in your printing application.

350

• Turn off the Mirror Image,Flip horizontally, or Reverse page orientation settings in your printer

software. (This option has different names, depending on your operating system version.)

Parent topic: Solving Page Layout and Content Problems

Related tasks

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Mac

Selecting Additional Layout and Print Options - Windows

Too Many Copies Print

Make sure that the Copies setting in your printing program or printer software is not set for multiple

copies.

Parent topic: Solving Page Layout and Content Problems

Related tasks

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Mac

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Windows

Blank Pages Print

If blank pages print unexpectedly, try these solutions:

• Make sure you selected the correct paper size settings in your printing program and printer software.

• If a blank page exists in a document you are printing and you want to skip printing it, select the Skip

Blank Page setting in your printer software, if available.

• Run a print head nozzle check to see if any of the nozzles are clogged. Then clean the print head, if

necessary.

• Make sure your product is selected as the printer in your printing program.

Parent topic: Solving Page Layout and Content Problems

Related concepts

Print Head Cleaning

Print Head Nozzle Check

Related tasks

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Windows

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Mac

Selecting Extended Settings - Windows

Selecting Printing Preferences - Mac

351

Incorrect Margins on Printout

If your printed page has incorrect margins, try these solutions:

• Make sure you selected the correct paper size settings in your printing program and printer software.

• Make sure you selected the correct margins for your paper size in your printing program.

• Make sure your paper is positioned correctly for feeding into the product.

• When placing originals on the scanner glass, align the corner of the original with the corner indicated

by the arrow. If the edges of the copy are cropped, move the original slightly away from the corner.

• Clean the scanner glass and the document cover. If there is dust or stains on the glass, the copy area

may extend to include the dust or stains.

You can use the preview option in your printer software to check your margins before you print.

Parent topic: Solving Page Layout and Content Problems

Related tasks

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Mac

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Windows

Related topics

Loading Paper

Incorrect Characters Print

If incorrect characters appear in your prints, try these solutions before reprinting:

• Make sure any cables are securely connected at both ends.

• In Windows, delete all jobs from the Windows Spooler. Click Print Queue on the Maintenance tab in

the printer settings window, and cancel any stalled print jobs.

• If your product is connected to a USB hub, connect it directly to your computer instead.

• If your computer entered sleep mode the last time you printed, the next print job after your computer

exits sleep mode may contain garbled characters. Print your document again.

• If incorrect characters still appear in your prints, try connecting your product using a different cable.

•Windows or Mac: Make sure you are using the printer software for this product. Check the product

name at the top of the driver window.

• If you are using the PostScript printer software, EPS files created in binary format may not print

correctly. Try creating the file in ASCII format instead.

352

• If you are using the Windows PostScript printer software, the product cannot print binary data if it is

connected to the computer using a USB cable. Try selecting ASCII or TBCP as the Output Protocol

setting on the Device Settings tab in the printer properties.

• If you are using the Windows PostScript printer software, select the appropriate substitution fonts on

the Device Settings tab in the printer properties.

Parent topic: Solving Page Layout and Content Problems

Incorrect Image Size or Position

If your printed image is the wrong size or in the wrong position, try these solutions:

• Make sure you selected the correct paper size and layout settings in your printing program and printer

software.

• Make sure you selected the correct paper size on the control panel.

• Make sure your paper is positioned correctly for feeding into the printer.

• Slide the edge guides against the edges of the paper.

• Clean the scanner glass and document cover.

• If the edges of a copy are cropped, slightly move the original away from the edges of the scanner

glass.

• Be sure to select the correct Original Size setting for your original in the Copy settings.

You can use the preview option in your printer software to check your margins before you print.

Parent topic: Solving Page Layout and Content Problems

Related tasks

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Windows

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Mac

Selecting Additional Layout and Print Options - Windows

Cleaning Your Product

Selecting Page Setup Settings - Mac

Slanted Printout

If your printouts are slanted, try these solutions:

• Slide the edge guides against the edges of the paper.

• Select a higher print quality setting in your printer software.

353

• Turn off any high speed settings in your product software.

• Align the print head.

• Adjust the print quality.

• Make sure the product is not printing while tilted or at an angle.

Parent topic: Solving Page Layout and Content Problems

Related tasks

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Mac

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Windows

Related topics

Loading Paper

Solving Print Quality Problems

Check these sections if your printouts have problems with print quality, but your image looks fine on your

computer screen.

Note: When printing using AirPrint, the available print settings are different from those covered in this

manual. See the Apple website for details.

White or Dark Lines in Printout

Blurry or Smeared Printout

Faint Printout or Printout Has Gaps

Grainy Printout

Parent topic: Solving Problems

White or Dark Lines in Printout

If you notice white or dark lines in your prints (also called banding), try these solutions before you reprint:

• Run a nozzle check to see if any of the print head nozzles are clogged. Then clean the print head, if

necessary.

• Make sure the paper type setting matches the type of paper you loaded.

• Make sure you loaded the printable side of the paper correctly for your product.

• Turn off any high speed settings in your product software.

• Align the print head.

354

• Adjust the print quality in the product software.

• You may need to replace the ink pack.

Parent topic: Solving Print Quality Problems

Related concepts

Print Head Nozzle Check

Print Head Cleaning

Print Quality Adjustment

Related references

Paper or Media Type Settings - Printing Software

Related tasks

Selecting Printing Preferences - Mac

Selecting Additional Layout and Print Options - Windows

Related topics

Replacing Ink Supply Units (Ink Packs) and Maintenance Boxes

Loading Paper

Blurry or Smeared Printout

If your printouts are blurry or smeared, try these solutions:

• Make sure your paper is not damp, curled, old, or loaded incorrectly in your product.

• Slide the edge guides to the edges of the paper.

• Use a support sheet with special paper, or load special paper one sheet at a time.

• Make sure your paper meets the specifications for your product.

• Use Epson papers to ensure proper saturation and absorption of genuine Epson inks.

• Make sure the paper type setting in your product software matches the type of paper you loaded.

• Make sure you loaded the printable side of the paper correctly for your product.

• If you are printing on thick paper or envelopes, turn on the Thick Paper setting from the control panel

or select Thick Paper and Envelopes in the Extended Settings of the printer software. (Turning this

setting on will decrease print speed.)

• If you are printing on thick paper, select a thick paper Paper Type setting on the control panel.

• Remove each sheet from the output tray as it is printed.

355

• Avoid handling printouts on glossy paper right after printing to allow the ink to set.

• Turn off any high speed settings in your product software.

• If you print on both sides of a sheet of paper, smudges may appear on the reverse side of heavily

saturated or dark images. If one side of a sheet will contain a lighter image or text, print that side first.

Make sure the ink has dried before reloading the paper to print on the other side. Adjust the density

and/or ink drying time settings.

• If printed copies are smeared, lower the copy density setting on the product control panel.

• Run a nozzle check to see if any of the print head nozzles are clogged. Then clean the print head, if

necessary.

• Align the print head.

• Adjust the print quality in the product software.

• Clean the paper path.

• Do not press too hard on the original or the document cover when you are scanning originals on the

scanner glass.

• Clean the scanner glass.

• Clean the ADF.

Note: Your product will not operate properly while tilted at an angle. Place it on a flat, stable surface that

extends beyond the base of the product in all directions.

Parent topic: Solving Print Quality Problems

Related concepts

Print Head Cleaning

Print Quality Adjustment

Related references

Paper Specifications

Available Epson Papers

Related tasks

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Windows

Selecting Double-sided Printing Settings - Windows

Selecting Additional Layout and Print Options - Windows

356

Faint Printout or Printout Has Gaps

If your printouts are faint or have gaps, try these solutions:

• Run a nozzle check to see if any of the print head nozzles are clogged. Then clean the print head, if

necessary.

• The ink pack may be old or low on ink, and you may need to replace it.

• Make sure the paper type setting matches the type of paper you loaded.

• Make sure your paper is not damp, curled, old, or loaded incorrectly in your product.

• Align the print head.

• Adjust the print quality in the product software.

• Clean the paper path.

Parent topic: Solving Print Quality Problems

Related concepts

Print Head Cleaning

Print Quality Adjustment

Print Head Nozzle Check

Related references

Paper or Media Type Settings - Printing Software

Related tasks

Cleaning the Paper Guide

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Windows

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Mac

Related topics

Replacing Ink Supply Units (Ink Packs) and Maintenance Boxes

Loading Paper

Grainy Printout

If your printouts are grainy, try these solutions:

• Make sure you loaded the printable side of the paper correctly for your product.

• Select a higher print quality setting and turn off any high speed settings in your product software.

357

• Run a nozzle check to see if any of the print head nozzles are clogged. Then clean the print head, if

necessary.

• Align the print head.

• Adjust the print quality.

• You may need to increase the image resolution or print a smaller size; see your software

documentation.

Note: Images from the Internet may be low resolution and not result in a high quality printout.

• If you enlarged the image size in an image-editing program, you need to increase the image resolution

setting to retain a high image quality. Increase the image resolution by the same amount you increase

the image size. For example, if the image resolution is 300 dpi (dots per inch) and you will double the

image size for printing, change the resolution setting to 600 dpi.

Note: Higher resolution settings result in larger file sizes, which take longer to process and print.

Consider the limitations of your computer system when selecting a resolution, and select the lowest

possible resolution that produces acceptable quality to keep file sizes manageable.

Parent topic: Solving Print Quality Problems

Related concepts

Print Head Alignment

Print Head Cleaning

Print Quality Adjustment

Print Head Nozzle Check

Related tasks

Selecting Additional Layout and Print Options - Windows

Selecting Printing Preferences - Mac

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Windows

Selecting Basic Print Settings - Mac

Related topics

Loading Paper

Solving Scanning Problems

Check these solutions if you have problems scanning with your product.

358

Scanning Software Does Not Operate Correctly

Cannot Start Epson Scan 2

Parent topic: Solving Problems

Scanning Software Does Not Operate Correctly

If your scanning software does not operate correctly, try these solutions:

• Make sure your computer has adequate memory and meets the system requirements for your

operating system.

• Make sure your computer is not running in a power-saving mode, such as sleep or standby. If so,

wake your system and restart your scanning software.

• If you upgraded your operating system but did not reinstall your scanning software, try reinstalling it.

• In Windows, make sure your product is listed as a valid device in the Scanners and Cameras control

panel.

Parent topic: Solving Scanning Problems

Related concepts

Uninstall Your Product Software

Cannot Start Epson Scan 2

If you cannot start Epson Scan 2, try these solutions:

• Make sure your product is turned on and any interface cables are securely connected at both ends.

• If your product is connected to a USB hub, connect it directly to your computer instead.

• If you scan at a high resolution over a network, a communication error may occur. Lower the

resolution.

• If you are scanning with the ADF, check that the document cover and ADF cover are closed.

• Make sure Epson Scan 2 is selected as your scanning program.

• Make sure your computer is not running in a power-saving mode, such as sleep or standby. If so,

wake your system and restart Epson Scan 2.

• Check the connection setting and test the connection using Epson Scan 2 Utility:

Windows 10: Click and select EPSON >Epson Scan 2 Utility. Make sure the correct product is

selected. If necessary, select the Other tab and click Reset.

359

Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Epson Scan 2 Utility. Make sure the correct

product is selected. If necessary, select the Other tab and click Reset.

Windows (other versions): Click or Start >All Programs or Programs >EPSON >Epson Scan

2>Epson Scan 2 Utility. Make sure the correct product is selected. If necessary, select the Other

tab and click Reset.

Mac: Open the Applications folder, click Epson Software, and click Epson Scan 2 Utility. Make

sure the correct product is selected. If necessary, select the Other tab and click Reset.

• Make sure you do not have multiple versions of Epson Scan 2 installed. If you do, uninstall both

versions and install one version.

• If you upgraded your operating system but did not reinstall Epson Scan 2, try reinstalling it.

Parent topic: Solving Scanning Problems

Related tasks

Entering a User ID and Password for Scanning

Starting a Scan Using the Epson Scan 2 Icon

Solving Scanned Image Quality Problems

Check these sections if a scanned image on your computer screen has a quality problem.

Image Consists of a Few Dots Only

Line of Dots Appears in All Scanned Images

Straight Lines in an Image Appear Crooked

Image is Distorted or Blurry

Image Colors are Patchy at the Edges

Image is Too Dark

Back of Original Image Appears in Scanned Image

Ripple Patterns Appear in an Image

Scanned Image Colors Do Not Match Original Colors

Scanned Image Edges are Cropped

Parent topic: Solving Problems

Image Consists of a Few Dots Only

If your scanned image consists only of a few dots, try these solutions:

• Make sure you placed your original for scanning facing the correct way.

360

• If the Image Type setting is Black & White, adjust the Threshold and scan again.

• Remove any lint or dirt from your original.

• Do not press on the original or the document cover with too much force.

Parent topic: Solving Scanned Image Quality Problems

Related references

Additional Scanning Settings - Advanced Settings Tab

Related topics

Placing Originals on the Product

Line of Dots Appears in All Scanned Images

If a line of dots appears in all your scanned images, clean the scanner glass with a soft, dry, lint-free

cloth or use a small amount of glass cleaner on the cloth, if necessary. Paper towels are not

recommended.

Caution: Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the scanner glass.

If you are scanning from the ADF, try cleaning the ADF and scan again.

Parent topic: Solving Scanned Image Quality Problems

Related tasks

Cleaning Your Product

Straight Lines in an Image Appear Crooked

If straight lines in an original appear crooked in a scanned image, make sure to place your original

straight when you scan it.

If you are scanning from the ADF, try cleaning the ADF and scan again.

Parent topic: Solving Scanned Image Quality Problems

Related topics

Placing Originals on the Product

Image is Distorted or Blurry

If a scanned image appears distorted or blurry, try these solutions:

• Do not move your original or your product during scanning.

361

• Your product will not operate properly while tilted at an angle. Place your product on a flat, stable

surface that extends beyond its base in all directions.

• Adjust these Epson Scan 2 settings (if available) and try scanning again:

• Increase the Resolution setting.

• If the Image Type setting is Black & White, adjust the Threshold setting.

• If the Image Type setting is Color or Grayscale, select the Unsharp Mask setting.

• If the Image Type setting is Black & White, select Text Enhancement. If the Image Type setting is

Color or Grayscale, change the Text Enhancement setting to High.

Parent topic: Solving Scanned Image Quality Problems

Related references

Additional Scanning Settings - Advanced Settings Tab

Image Colors are Patchy at the Edges

If you are scanning a thick or warped original, cover its edges with paper to block external light as you

scan it.

Parent topic: Solving Scanned Image Quality Problems

Image is Too Dark

If your scanned image is too dark, try these solutions:

• If the Image Type is set to Color or Grayscale, adjust the Brightness setting.

• Check the brightness and contrast settings of your computer monitor.

Parent topic: Solving Scanned Image Quality Problems

Related references

Additional Scanning Settings - Advanced Settings Tab

Back of Original Image Appears in Scanned Image

If an image from the back of a thin original appears in your scanned image, try these solutions:

• Place a piece of black paper on the back of the original and scan it again.

• Adjust these Epson Scan 2 settings (if available) and try scanning again:

• Select the Advanced Settings tab and adjust the Brightness setting.

• Select Text Enhancement.

362

Parent topic: Solving Scanned Image Quality Problems

Related references

Additional Scanning Settings - Advanced Settings Tab

Ripple Patterns Appear in an Image

You may see a ripple pattern (called a moiré) in scanned images of printed documents. This is caused

by interference from differing pitches in the scanner's screen and your original's halftone screen. To

reduce this effect, adjust these Epson Scan 2 settings (if available) and try scanning again:

• Select the Descreening setting.

• Select a lower Resolution setting.

Parent topic: Solving Scanned Image Quality Problems

Related references

Additional Scanning Settings - Main Settings Tab

Additional Scanning Settings - Advanced Settings Tab

Scanned Image Colors Do Not Match Original Colors

Printed colors can never exactly match the colors on your computer monitor because printers and

monitors use different color systems: monitors use RGB (red, green, and blue) and printers typically use

CMYK (cyan, magenta, yellow, and black).

Check the color matching and color management capabilities of your computer, display adapter, and the

software you are using to see if they are affecting the palette of colors you see on your screen.

To adjust the colors in your scanned image, adjust these Epson Scan 2 settings (if available) and try

scanning again:

• If the Image Type setting is Color or Grayscale, adjust the Contrast setting.

• If the Image Type setting is Black & White or Grayscale, adjust the Color Enhance setting.

Parent topic: Solving Scanned Image Quality Problems

Related references

Additional Scanning Settings - Main Settings Tab

Additional Scanning Settings - Advanced Settings Tab

Scanned Image Edges are Cropped

If the edges of a scanned image are cropped, make sure your original is placed correctly for scanning. If

necessary, move your original away from the edges of the scanner glass slightly.

363

Parent topic: Solving Scanned Image Quality Problems

Related topics

Placing Originals on the Product

Solving Faxing Problems

Check these solutions if you have problems faxing with your product.

Cannot Send or Receive Faxes

Cannot Receive Faxes with a Telephone Connected to Your Product

Fax Memory Full Error Appears

Sent Fax Quality is Poor

Sent Fax is Received in an Incorrect Size

Received Fax Quality is Poor

Received Fax is Not Printed

Parent topic: Solving Problems

Cannot Send or Receive Faxes

If you cannot send or receive faxes, try these solutions:

• If an error code is displayed on the control panel, try the solutions suggested in the error code list.

• If you are faxing from a computer, use the Epson FAX Utility to send your fax.

• Make sure the recipient's fax machine is turned on and working.

• Make sure paper is loaded correctly in your product.

• Make sure you have set up your header information and have not blocked your caller ID. Otherwise,

your faxes might be rejected by the recipient's fax machine.

• If user restriction has been enabled, you may need to enter a user name and password. Contact your

administrator for assistance.

• If you did not connect a telephone to your product, set the Receive Mode setting to Auto so you can

receive faxes automatically.

• Check that the cable connecting your telephone wall jack to your product's LINE port is secure.

• Print a fax connection report using your product control panel or fax software to help diagnose the

problem.

• Verify that the telephone wall jack works by connecting a phone to it and testing it.

364

• Check the Line Type setting and set it to PBX. If your phone system requires an external access code

to reach an outside line, register the code to the product and add a # (hash) to the beginning of the

phone number when dialing.

• If you connected your product to a DSL phone line, you must connect a DSL filter to the phone jack to

enable faxing over the line. Contact your DSL provider for the necessary filter.

• If your telephone line has static, turn off your product's error correction mode fax communication

setting and try faxing again.

• Try lowering your product's fax speed setting.

• Make sure the error correction mode (ECM) setting is turned on if you are trying to send a color fax.

• If your telephone line uses call waiting and you have trouble receiving faxes, turn off call waiting to

prevent disruption of incoming faxes.

• If you have subscribed to a call forwarding service, the product may not be able to receive faxes.

Contact your service provider for assistance.

• Check your inbox and delete faxes after reading or printing them. If the inbox is full, the product cannot

receive faxes.

• When sending faxes using the subaddress feature, ask the recipient if their fax machine can receive

faxes using this feature. Check that the subaddress and password are correct, and that they match

with the recipient subaddress and password. Check this when receiving faxes as well.

• When receiving faxes using the subaddress feature, make sure the fax rejection settings are not

rejecting the fax.

• If you cannot send faxes at a specified time, make sure the date and time are set correctly on the

product.

• If you are receiving faxes using the FAX Utility, check that your product is registered as a fax product

in your operating system:

Windows: Make sure the product appears in Devices and Printers,Printer, or Printers and Other

Hardware. If the product does not appear, uninstall and re-install the FAX Utility.

Mac: Select System Preferences >Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan or Print & Fax) and make

sure your product appears. If your product does not appear, click +and add your product. If the

product does appear, double-click it and make sure it is not paused.

Note: If your product is connected to a VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol) phone line, keep in mind that

fax machines are designed to work over analog phone lines. Epson cannot guarantee that fax

transmission will work when using VoIP.

365

If your phone line includes voice mail answering services, calls or faxes may be inadvertently received

by your voice mail service.

Parent topic: Solving Faxing Problems

Related references

Job Status Error Codes

Related tasks

Connecting a Telephone or Answering Machine

Selecting the Line Type

Printing Fax Reports

Receiving Faxes Automatically

Selecting Advanced Fax Settings

Saving and Viewing Received Faxes

Setting Up the Fax Utility - Windows

Related topics

Loading Paper

Cannot Receive Faxes with a Telephone Connected to Your Product

If you cannot receive faxes when a telephone is connected to your product, try these solutions:

• Make sure your telephone is connected to your product's EXT port.

• Make sure the Receive Mode is set to Manual.

Note: When answering a call that is a fax, wait until the product's LCD screen displays a message that a

connection has been made before you hang up.

Parent topic: Solving Faxing Problems

Fax Memory Full Error Appears

If you see an error message telling you that the product's fax memory is full, try these solutions:

• If you set the product to save received faxes in the product's memory or inbox, delete any faxes you

have already read.

Note: Your product can store up to 200 faxes before its inbox is full.

366

• If you set the product to save received faxes on a computer, turn on the selected computer. Once the

faxes are saved on the computer, they are deleted from the product's memory.

• If you set the product to save received faxes on a USB device, connect the selected USB device

containing the save fax folder to the product. Once the faxes are saved on the USB device, they are

deleted from the product's memory.

Note: Make sure the USB device has enough available memory and is not write protected.

• If the memory is full, try sending a monochrome fax using the Direct Send feature, sending your fax

by using the On Hook feature, sending your faxes by dialing from the external phone device, or

sending your faxes in smaller batches.

• If the product cannot print a received fax due to a product error, such as a paper jam, the memory full

error may appear. Clear any product errors, then ask the sender to resend the fax.

Parent topic: Solving Faxing Problems

Related references

Fax Sending Options

Related tasks

Saving and Viewing Received Faxes

Sent Fax Quality is Poor

If the sent fax quality is poor, try these solutions:

• Clean the scanner glass.

• Clean the ADF.

• Try changing the resolution or density setting on the control panel.

• Try changing the original type setting on the control panel.

• If you are sending a monochrome fax to a single recipient, try sending the fax using the Direct Send

feature.

Note: If you send a high-resolution monochrome fax without using the Direct Send feature, the

product may automatically lower the resolution.

• Try enabling the error correction mode (ECM) setting.

Parent topic: Solving Faxing Problems

367

Sent Fax is Received in an Incorrect Size

If your recipient receives a fax in an incorrect size, try these solutions:

• If you are sending a fax using the scanner glass, make sure your original is placed correctly and that

the correct paper size is selected on the control panel.

• Clean the scanner glass and document cover.

Parent topic: Solving Faxing Problems

Related tasks

Cleaning Your Product

Related topics

Placing Originals on the Product

Received Fax Quality is Poor

If you receive a poor quality fax, try these solutions:

• Try enabling the error correction mode (ECM) setting.

• Contact the fax sender and ask them to send the fax in a higher resolution.

• Try reprinting the received fax.

Parent topic: Solving Faxing Problems

Related references

Fax Sending Options

Basic Settings - Fax

Related tasks

Cleaning Your Product

Received Fax is Not Printed

If a received fax is not printed, try these solutions:

• Make sure the product is free of errors. The product cannot print received faxes if an error has

occurred with the product, such as a paper jam.

• If the product has been set to save received faxes in the product's memory or inbox, received faxes

are not automatically printed. Check the Receive Settings options on the product control panel and

change them, if necessary.

Parent topic: Solving Faxing Problems

368

Related references

Receive Settings - Fax

Solving USB Device Problems

Check these solutions if you have problems using USB devices with your product.

Cannot View or Print from a USB Device

Cannot Save Files on a USB Device

Cannot Transfer Files To or From a USB Device

Parent topic: Solving Problems

Cannot View or Print from a USB Device

If you cannot view or print photos or documents from a USB device connected to your product, try these

solutions:

• Make sure memory devices are enabled on the product.

• Make sure your device is compatible with the product.

• Make sure the files on your device are in the correct format.

Parent topic: Solving USB Device Problems

Related references

External USB Device Specifications

Interface Specifications

Related tasks

Transferring Files from a USB Device to Your Computer

Related topics

Viewing and Printing from the LCD Screen

Cannot Save Files on a USB Device

If you cannot save files on a USB device connected to your product, try these solutions:

• To save faxes on a USB device, create a folder in the Fax Output settings on the product control

panel.

• Make sure the device is not write-protected.

• Make sure the device has enough available space.

369

• Make sure memory devices are enabled on your product.

• Make sure the device is compatible with the product.

Parent topic: Solving USB Device Problems

Related references

Interface Specifications

Receive Settings - Fax

Related tasks

Transferring Files from a USB Device to Your Computer

Cannot Transfer Files To or From a USB Device

If you have problems transferring files to or from a USB device connected to your product, try these

solutions:

• Make sure your device is compatible with the product.

• Make sure the device is not write-protected.

• Make sure your product is securely connected to your computer.

• Make sure that the file sharing setting for your product is enabled.

Parent topic: Solving USB Device Problems

Related references

Interface Specifications

Related tasks

Transferring Files from a USB Device to Your Computer

Uninstall Your Product Software

If you have a problem that requires you to uninstall and re-install your software, follow the instructions for

your operating system.

Uninstalling Product Software - Windows

Uninstalling Product Software - Mac

Parent topic: Solving Problems

Uninstalling Product Software - Windows

You can uninstall and then re-install your product software to solve certain problems.

370

1. Turn off the product.

2. Disconnect any interface cables.

3. Do one of the following:

•Windows 10: Click and select (Settings) > Apps >Apps & features. Then select the

program you want to uninstall and select Uninstall.

•Windows 8.x: Navigate to the Apps screen and select Control Panel >Programs >Programs

and Features. Select the uninstall option for your Epson product, then select Uninstall/Change.

Note: If you see a User Account Control window, click Yes or Continue.

Select your product again, if necessary, then select OK, and click Yes to confirm the

uninstallation.

•Windows (other versions): Click or Start, and select All Programs or Programs. Select

EPSON, select your product, then click EPSON Printer Software Uninstall.

Note: If you see a User Account Control window, click Yes or Continue.

In the next window, select your product and click OK. Then follow any on-screen instructions.

4. Do one of the following to uninstall Epson Scan 2, then follow any on-screen instructions:

•Windows 10: Select Epson Scan and click Uninstall.

•Windows 8.x/Windows 7/Windows Vista: Select Epson Scan and click Uninstall/Change.

5. Restart your computer, then see the Start Here sheet to re-install your software.

Note: If you find that re-installing your product software does not solve a problem, contact Epson.

Parent topic: Uninstall Your Product Software

Uninstalling Product Software - Mac

In most cases, you do not need to uninstall your product software before re-installing it. However, you

can download the Uninstaller utility from the Epson support website to uninstall your product software as

described here.

Note: If you find that re-installing your product software does not solve a problem, contact Epson.

371

1. To download the Uninstaller utility, visit epson.com/support (U.S.), epson.ca/support (Canada), or

epson.com.jm/support (Caribbean) and select your product.

2. Click Downloads.

3. Select your operating system, click Utilities, locate the Uninstaller utility, and click Download.

4. Run the file you downloaded.

5. Double-click the Uninstaller icon.

6. In the Epson Uninstaller screen, select the checkbox for each software program you want to

uninstall.

7. Click Uninstall.

8. Follow the on-screen instructions to uninstall the software.

9. Reinstall your product software.

Note: If you uninstall the printer driver and your product name remains in the Print & Fax,Print & Scan,

or Printers & Scanners window, select your product name and click the –(remove) icon to remove it.

Parent topic: Uninstall Your Product Software

Where to Get Help

If you need to contact Epson for technical support services, use the following support options.

Internet Support

Visit Epson's support website at epson.com/support (U.S.), epson.ca/support (Canada), or

epson.com.jm/support (Caribbean) and select your product for solutions to common problems. You can

download drivers and documentation, get FAQs and troubleshooting advice, or e-mail Epson with your

questions.

Speak to a Support Representative

Before you call Epson for support, please have the following information ready:

• Product name

• Product serial number (located on a label on the product)

• Proof of purchase (such as a store receipt) and date of purchase

• Computer configuration

• Description of the problem

372

Then call:

• U.S.: (562) 276-4382, 6 AM to 8 PM, Pacific Time, Monday through Friday, and 7 AM to 4 PM, Pacific

Time, Saturday

• Canada: (905) 709-3839, 6 AM to 8 PM, Pacific Time, Monday through Friday, and 7 AM to 4 PM,

Pacific Time, Saturday

Days and hours of support are subject to change without notice. Toll or long distance charges may

apply.

Purchase Supplies and Accessories

You can purchase genuine Epson ink and paper at epson.com (U.S. sales), epson.ca (Canadian sales),

or epson.com.jm (Caribbean sales). You can also purchase supplies from an Epson authorized reseller.

To find the nearest one, call 800-GO-EPSON (800-463-7766) in the U.S. or 800-807-7766 in Canada.

Parent topic: Solving Problems

373

Technical Specifications

These sections list the technical specifications for your product.

Note: Epson offers a recycling program for end of life Epson products. Please go to this site (U.S) or this

site (Canada) for information on how to return your Epson products for proper disposal.

Windows System Requirements

Mac System Requirements

Paper Specifications

Printable Area Specifications

Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) Specifications

Scanning Specifications

Fax Specifications

Ink Pack Specifications

Dimension Specifications

Electrical Specifications

Environmental Specifications

Interface Specifications

External USB Device Specifications

Network Interface Specifications

Safety and Approvals Specifications

PostScript Fonts

PCL Fonts

PCL Mode 5 Symbol Sets

Windows System Requirements

To use your product and its software, your computer should use one of these Microsoft operating

systems:

• Windows 10

• Windows 8.x

• Windows 7

• Windows Vista

374

• Windows Server 2016

• Windows Server 2012 R2

• Windows Server 2012

• Windows Server 2008 R2

• Windows Server 2008

• Windows Server 2003 R2

• Windows Server 2003 SP2 or later

Note: For the latest product software available for your operating system, visit the Epson support site at

epson.com/support (U.S.), epson.ca/support (Canada), or epson.com.jm/support (Caribbean), select

your product, and select Downloads.

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

Mac System Requirements

To use your product and its software, your Mac should use one of these operating systems:

• macOS 10.13.x

• macOS 10.12.x

• OS X 10.11.x

• OS X 10.10.x

• OS X 10.9.x

• OS X 10.8.x

• OS X 10.7.x

• OS X 10.6.8

Note: For the latest product software available for your operating system, visit the Epson support site at

epson.com/support (U.S.), epson.ca/support (Canada), or epson.com.jm/support (Caribbean), select

your product, and select Downloads.

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

375

Paper Specifications

Note: Since the quality of any particular brand or type of paper may be changed by the manufacturer at

any time, Epson cannot guarantee the quality of any non-Epson brand or type of paper. Always test a

sample of paper stock before purchasing large quantities or printing large jobs.

Single-sheets

Size A4 (8.3 × 11.7 inches [210 × 297 mm])

A6 (4.1 × 5.8 inches [105 × 148 mm])

Letter (8.5 × 11 inches [216 × 279 mm])

Legal (8.5 × 14 inches [216 × 356 mm])

Folio (8.5 × 13 inches [216 × 330 mm])

Executive (7.25 × 10.5 inches [184 × 267 mm])

Mexico-Oficio (8.5 × 13.4 inches [216 × 340 mm])

Oficio 9 (8.46 × 12.4 inches [215 × 315 mm])

4 × 6 inches (102 × 152 mm)

5 × 7 inches (127 × 178 mm)

8 × 10 inches (203 × 254 mm)

3.5 × 5 inches (89 × 127 mm)

Half Letter (5.5 × 8.5 inches [140 × 216 mm])

Paper types Plain paper and paper distributed by Epson

Weight Plain paper: 17 lb (64 g/m2) to 24 lb (90 g/m2)

Thick paper: 25 lb (91 g/m2) to 68 lb (256 g/m2)

Envelopes

Size No. 10 (4.1 × 9.5 inches [105 × 241 mm])

Paper types Plain bond paper

Weight 20 lb (95 g/m2) to 24 lb (90 g/m2)

376

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

Related references

Paper Loading Capacity

Printable Area Specifications

Single sheets

1 Top/bottom/right/left: 0.12 inch (3 mm) minimum

2 Reduced print quality area/top: 1.85 inches (47 mm) minimum

3 Reduced print quality area/bottom: 1.77 inches (45 mm) minimum

377

Envelopes

1 Left/right: 0.12 inch (3 mm) minimum

2 Top/bottom: 0.20 inch (5 mm) minimum

3 Reduced print quality area/left: 0.71 inch (18 mm) minimum

4 Reduced print quality area/right: 1.85 inches (47 mm) minimum

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) Specifications

Paper input Faceup loading

Paper output Facedown ejection

Paper size US letter, legal, or A4 size; single-sided scanning supported for A6,

A5, and B5 sizes

Paper type Plain paper, high-quality plain paper, or recycled paper

Paper weight 17 lb (64 g/m2) to 24 lb (95 g/m2)

Sheet feeding capacity Total thickness: 0.22 inch (5.5 mm)

Approximately 50 sheets

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

378

Scanning Specifications

Scanner type Flatbed, color

Photoelectric device CIS

Effective pixels 10200 × 14040 pixels at 1200 dpi

Document size Maximum: 8.5 × 11.7 inches (216 × 297 mm)

Scanner glass: US letter or A4

Scanning resolution 1200 dpi (main scan)

2400 dpi (sub scan)

Output resolution 50 to 9600 dpi (in 1 dpi increments)

Image data Color:

48 bits per pixel (16 bits per pixel per color) internal

24 bits per pixel (8 bits per pixel per color) external

Grayscale:

16 bits per pixel internal

8 bits per pixel external

Black and white:

16 bits per pixel internal

1 bit per pixel external

Light source LED

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

Fax Specifications

Fax type Black-and-white and color fax capability (ITU-T Super Group 3);

received faxes only in black and white

Supported lines Standard analog phone lines

PBX (Private Branch Exchange) telephone systems

Speed Up to 33.6 kbps

379

Resolution Monochrome

Standard: 203 pixels per inch × 98 lines per inch (8 pixels per mm ×

3.85 lines per mm)

Fine: 203 pixels per inch × 196 lines per inch (8 pixels per mm × 7.7

lines per mm)

Super Fine: 203 pixels per inch × 392 lines per inch (8 pixels per mm

× 15.4 lines per mm)

Ultra Fine: 406 pixels per inch × 392 lines per inch (16 pixels per mm

× 15.4 lines per mm)

Color

200 × 200 dpi

Page memory Up to 550 pages (when an ITU-T No. 1 chart is received in

monochrome draft mode)

Redial 2 times (with 1 minute interval); may differ depending on your

country or region

Interface RJ-11 Phone Line

RJ-11 Telephone set connection

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

Ink Pack Specifications

Note: This printer is designed for use with Epson ink packs only, not third-party ink packs or ink. Other

brands of ink supplies are not compatible and, if described as compatible, may not function properly or

continuously. Such restrictions can be avoided with some other printers such as Epson EcoTank

cartridge-free printers.

The included initial ink pack is designed for reliable printer setup and cannot be used as a replacement

ink pack or resold. After setup, the remaining ink is available for printing. Yields are based on ISO 24711

in default mode, printing continuously. Yields vary due to print images, settings, and temperatures.

Printing infrequently reduces yields. Your ink pack must be installed with ink for printing and printer

maintenance. For print quality, some ink remains in the replaced ink pack.

Color Black

380

Ink pack life Opened package: 2 years

Unopened package: do not use if the date on the package has

expired

Temperature Storage: –22 to 104 °F (–30 to 40 °C)

1 month at 104 °F (40 °C)

Ink freezes at 8.6 °F (–13 °C)

Ink thaws and is usable after 5 hours at 77 °F (25 °C)

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

Related references

Ink Supply Unit (Ink Pack) Part Numbers

Dimension Specifications

Printer only

Height Storage: 14.1 inches (357 mm)

Printing: 17.7 inches (449 mm)

Width Storage: 16.7 inches (425 mm)

Printing: 16.7 inches (425 mm)

Depth Storage: 21.1 inches (535 mm); with output tray installed

Printing: 22.8 inches (578 mm)

Weight

(without ink pack or power cord)

Approx. 40.3 lb (18.3 kg)

Printer with 1 optional cassette

Height Storage: 18.0 inches (457 mm)

Printing: 21.6 inches (549 mm)

Width Storage: 16.7 inches (425 mm)

Printing: 16.7 inches (425 mm)

381

Depth Storage: 21.1 inches (535 mm); with output tray installed

Printing: 22.8 inches (578 mm)

Weight

(without ink pack or power cord)

Approx. 50.5lb (22.9 kg)

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

Electrical Specifications

Power supply rating 100 to 240 V

Rated frequency range 50 to 60 Hz

Rated current 0.9 to 0.5 A

Power consumption Printing: Approximately 23 W (ISO/IEC24712)

Ready mode: Approximately 10 W

Sleep mode: Approximately 1.4 W

Power off mode: Approximately 0.2 W

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

Environmental Specifications

Temperature Operating: 50 to 95 °F (10 to 35 °C)

Storage: –4 to 104 °F (–20 to 40 °C)

1 month at 104 °F (40 °C)

Humidity

(without condensation)

Operating: 20 to 80% RH

Storage: 5 to 85% RH

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

382

Interface Specifications

Interface type Hi-Speed USB (Device Class for computers)

Hi-Speed USB (for Mass storage class for external storage)

Note: Epson cannot guarantee the operation of externally connected devices.

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

Related references

External USB Device Specifications

Do not use devices with the following requirements:

• Dedicated driver

• Security settings, such as password or encryption, etc.

USB memory device 2TB

Formatted in FAT, FAT32, or exFAT

Note: Epson cannot guarantee the operation of externally connected devices.

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

Network Interface Specifications

Wi-Fi

Standard IEEE 802.11 b/g/n; complies with either IEEE 802.11 b/g or IEEE

802.11 b/g/n, depending on purchase location

383

Security WPA2-PSK (AES); complies with WPA2 standards with support for

WPA/WPA2 Personal

WPA-2 Enterprise (AES)

WEP (64/128 bit)

Note: Wi-Fi Direct mode supports only WPA2-PSK (AES) security.

Frequency band 2.4 GHz

Maximum radio-frequency

power transmitted

20 dBm (EIRP)

Communication mode Infrastructure mode

Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP); not supported for IEEE 802.11b

Note: Wi-Fi Direct Simple AP mode available even if you connect

the product to an Ethernet network.

Ethernet

Standard IEEE802.3i (10BASE-T)*

IEEE802.3u (100BASE-TX)

IEEE802.3ab (1000BASE-T)*

IEEE802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet); the connected device

should be IEEE802.3az compliant

Communication mode Auto, 10Mbps Full duplex, 10Mbps Half duplex, 100Mbps Full

duplex, 100Mbps Half duplex

Connector RJ-45

* Use a category 5e or higher STP (Shielded twisted pair) cable to prevent risk of radio interference.

Security

IEEE802.1X; requires the connected device to comply with IEEE802.1x

IPsec/IP Filtering

SSL/TLS; either HTTPS Server/Client or IPPS

SMTPS (STARTTLS, SSL/TLS)

384

SNMPv3

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

Safety and Approvals Specifications

United States Safety: UL60950-1

EMC: FCC part 15 Subpart B class B

Canada Safety: CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1

EMC: CAN/CSA-CEI/IEC CISPR 22 Class B

This equipment contains the following wireless module:

• Manufacturer: Seiko Epson Corporation

• Type: J26H006

This product conforms to Part 15 of FCC Rules and RSS-210 of the IC Rules. Epson cannot accept

responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non-recommended

modification of the product. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not

cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including

interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

To prevent radio interference to the licensed service, this device is intended to be operated indoors and

away from windows to provide maximum shielding. Equipment (or its transmit antenna) that is installed

outdoors is subject to licensing.

This equipment complies with FCC/IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment

and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines in Supplement C to OET65 and RSS-102

of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This equipment should be installed and operated so that

the radiator is kept at least 7.9 inches (20 cm) or more away from a person's body (excluding extremities:

hands, wrists, feet and ankles).

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

PostScript Fonts

Font name Family HP equivalent

Nimbus Mono Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Courier

Letter Gothic Medium, Bold, Italic, Letter Gothic

385

Font name Family HP equivalent

Nimbus Mono PS Regular, Bold, Oblique, Bold

Oblique

CourierPS

Nimbus Roman No4 Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic CG Times

URW Classico Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic CG Omega

URW Coronet — Coronet

URW Clarendon Condensed — Clarendon Condensed

URW Classic Sans Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Univers

URW Classic Sans

Condensed

Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Univers Condensed

Antique Olive Medium, Bold, Italic Antique Olive

Garamond Antiqua, Halbfett, Kursiv, Kursiv

Halbfett

Garamond

Mauritius — Marigold

Algiers Medium, Extra Bold Albertus

NimbusSansNo2 Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Arial

Nimbus Roman No9 Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Times New Roman

Nimbus Sans Medium, Bold, Oblique, Bold

Oblique

Helvetica

Nimbus Sans Narrow Medium, Bold, Oblique, Bold

Oblique

Helvetica Narrow

Palladio Roman, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Palatino

URW Gothic Book, Demi, Book Oblique, Demi

Oblique

ITC Avant Garde

URW Bookman Light, Demi, Light Italic, Demi

Italic

ITC Bookman

URW Century Schoolbook Roman, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic New Century Schoolbook

Nimbus Roman Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Times

URW Chancery Medium Italic — ITC Zapf Chancery Italic

386

Font name Family HP equivalent

Symbol — Symbol

URW Dingbats — Wingdings

Dingbats — ITC Zapf Dingbats

Standard Symbol — SymbolPS

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

PCL Fonts

Scalable Fonts

Font name Family HP equivalent Symbol set

Nimbus Mono Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold

Italic

Courier 1

Letter Gothic Medium, Bold, Italic, Letter Gothic 1

Nimbus Mono PS Regular, Bold, Oblique,

Bold Oblique

CourierPS 3

Nimbus Roman No4 Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold

Italic

CG Times 2

URW Classico Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold

Italic

CG Omega 3

URW Coronet — Coronet 3

URW Clarendon

Condensed

— Clarendon Condensed 3

URW Classic Sans Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold

Italic

Univers 2

URW Classic Sans

Condensed

Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold

Italic

Univers Condensed 3

Antique Olive Medium, Bold, Italic Antique Olive 3

Garamond Antiqua, Halbfett, Kursiv,

Kursiv Halbfett

Garamond 3

387

Font name Family HP equivalent Symbol set

Mauritius — Marigold 3

Algiers Medium, Extra Bold Albertus 3

NimbusSansNo2 Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold

Italic

Arial 3

Nimbus Roman No9 Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold

Italic

Times New 3

Nimbus Sans Medium, Bold, Oblique,

Bold Oblique

Helvetica 3

Nimbus Sans Narrow Medium, Bold, Oblique,

Bold Oblique

Helvetica Narrow 3

Palladio Roman, Bold, Italic, Bold

Italic

Palatino 3

URW Gothic Book, Demi, Book

Oblique, Demi Oblique

ITC Avant Garde Gothic 3

URW Bookman Light, Demi, Light Italic,

Demi Italic

ITC Bookman 3

URW Century

Schoolbook

Roman, Bold, Italic, Bold

Italic

New Century Schoolbook 3

Nimbus Roman Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold

Italic

Times 3

URW Chancery

Medium Italic

— ITC Zapf Chancery Medium

Italic

Symbol — Symbol 4

URW DingBats — Wingdings 5

Dingbats — ITC Zapf Dingbats 6

Standard Symbol — SymbolPS 4

URW David Medium, Bold HP David 7

URW Narkis Medium, Bold HP Narkis 7

URW Miryam Medium, Bold, Italic HP Miryam 7

388

Font name Family HP equivalent Symbol set

URW Koufi Medium, Bold Koufi 8

URW Naskh Medium, Bold Naskh 8

URW Ryadh Medium, Bold Ryadh 8

Bitmap Font

Line Printer, Symbol set 9

OCR/Barcode Bitmap Font (PCL5 Mode Only)

Font name Family Symbol set

OCR A — 10

OCR B — 11

Code39 9.37cpi, 4.68cpi 12

EAN/UPC Medium, Bold 13

Note: Depending on the print density, or quality and color of the paper, the OCR/Barcode Bitmap fonts

may not be readable. Print a sample and check for readability before printing large quantities.

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

PCL Mode 5 Symbol Sets

Your product can access a variety of symbol sets. Many of these symbol sets differ only in the

international characters specific to each language.

Note: Since most software handles fonts and symbols automatically, you may never need to adjust your

product settings. However, if you write your own product control programs, or if you use older software

that cannot control fonts, refer to these tables for details on the symbol sets.

When you consider which font to use, also consider which symbol set to combine with the font.

Symbol set name Attribute Font classification

Norweg1 0D 1, 2, 3

389

Symbol set name Attribute Font classification

Roman Extension 0E 9

Italian 0I 1, 2, 3

EMC94-1 0N 1, 2, 3, 9

Swedis2 0S 1, 2, 3

ANSI ASCII 0U 1, 2, 3, 7, 8

UK 1E 1, 2, 3

French2 1F 1, 2, 3

German 1G 1, 2, 3

Legal 1U 1, 2, 3, 9

8859-2 ISO 2N 1, 2, 3, 9

Spanish 2S 1, 2, 3

ISO 8859/4 Latin 4 4N 1, 2, 3

Roman-9 4U 1, 2, 3

PsMath 5M 1, 2, 3, 7, 8

8859-9 ISO 5N 1, 2, 3, 9

WiTurkish 5T 1, 2, 3

MSPublishin 6J 1, 2, 3

VeMath 6M 1, 2, 3

8859-10ISO 6N 1, 2, 3, 9

DeskTop 7J 1, 2, 3

Math-8 8M 1, 2, 3, 7, 8

Roman-8 8U 1, 2, 3, 9

WiE.Europe 9E 1, 2, 3

Pc1004 9J 1, 2, 3

8859-15ISO 9N 1, 2, 3, 9

PcTk437 9T 1, 2, 3

390

Symbol set name Attribute Font classification

Windows 9U 1, 2, 3

PsText 10J 1, 2, 3

IBM-US 10U 1, 2, 3, 9

IBM-DN 11U 1, 2, 3, 9

McText 12J 1, 2, 3

PcMultiling 12U 1, 2, 3, 9

VeInternati 13J 1, 2, 3

PcEur858 13U 1, 2, 3

VeUS 14J 1, 2, 3

PiFont 15U 1, 2, 3

PcE.Europe 17U 1, 2, 3

Unicode 3.0 18N 1, 2, 3, 7, 8

WiBALT 19L 1, 2, 3

WiAnsi 19U 1, 2, 3

PcBlt775 26U 1, 2, 3

Pc866Cyr 3R 1, 2

Greek8 8G 1, 2

WinGrk 9G 1, 2

WinCyr 9R 1, 2

Pc851Grk 10G 1, 2

ISOCyr 10N 1, 2, 9

Pc8Grk 12G 1, 2

ISOGrk 12N 1, 2

Pc866Ukr 14R 1, 2

Hebrew7 0H 1, 7

8859-8 ISO 7H 1, 7

391

Symbol set name Attribute Font classification

Hebrew8 8H 1, 7

Pc862Heb 15H 1, 7

PC-862, Hebrew 15Q 1, 7

Arabic8 8V 8

HPWARA 9V 8

Pc864Ara 10V 8

Symbol 19M 4

Wingdings 579L 5

ZapfDigbats 14L 6

OCR A 0O 10

OCR B 1O 11

OCR B Extension 3Q 11

Code3-9 0Y 12

EAN/UPC 8Y 13

Parent topic: Technical Specifications

392

Notices

Check these sections for important notices about your product.

Note: Epson offers a recycling program for end of life Epson products. Please go to this site (U.S) or this

site (Canada) for information on how to return your Epson products for proper disposal.

Important Safety Instructions

FCC Compliance Statement

Binding Arbitration and Class Waiver

Trademarks

Important Safety Instructions

Before using your Epson product, read and follow these safety instructions.

General Product Safety Instructions

Ink Pack Safety Instructions

Wireless Connection Safety Instructions

LCD Screen Safety Instructions

Telephone Equipment Safety Instructions

Parent topic: Notices

General Product Safety Instructions

• Be sure to follow all warnings and instructions marked on the product.

• Use only the type of power source indicated on the product's label.

• Use only the power cord that comes with the product. Use of another cord may cause fires or shock.

Do not use the cord with any other equipment.

• Make sure the AC power cord meets the relevant local safety standard.

• Place the product near a wall outlet where the plug can be easily unplugged.

• Avoid plugging the product into an outlet on the same circuit as a photo copier or air control system

that regularly switches on and off, or on an outlet controlled by a wall switch or timer.

393

• Do not let the power cord become damaged or frayed. Place it to avoid abrasions, cuts, fraying,

crimping, and kinking. Do not place objects on top of it and do not allow it to be stepped on or run over.

Be careful to keep the cord straight at each end.

• If you use an extension cord with the product, make sure the total ampere rating of the devices

plugged into the extension cord does not exceed the cord's ampere rating. Also, make sure the total

ampere rating of all devices plugged into the wall outlet does not exceed the wall outlet's ampere

rating.

• Always turn off the product using the power button, and wait until the power light stops flashing before

unplugging the product or cutting off power to the electrical outlet.

• If you will not be using the product for a long period, unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.

• Place the product on a flat, stable surface that extends beyond its base in all directions. It will not

operate properly if it is tilted or at an angle.

• Make sure the back of the product is at least 4 inches (10 cm) away from the wall.

• Allow space behind the product for the cables, and space above the product so that you can fully raise

the document cover.

• Leave enough space in front of the product for the paper to be fully ejected.

• Avoid locations that are subject to rapid changes in heat or humidity, shocks or vibrations, or dust.

• Do not place or store the product outdoors.

• Do not place the product near excessive heat sources or in direct sunlight.

• Leave enough room around the product for sufficient ventilation. Do not block or cover openings in the

case or insert objects through the slots.

• Keep the product away from potential sources of electromagnetic interference, such as loudspeakers

or the base units of cordless telephones.

• Keep your product at least 8.7 inches (22 cm) away from cardiac pacemakers to prevent your

product's radio waves from affecting the operation of the pacemaker.

• When connecting the product to a computer or other device with a cable, ensure the correct

orientation of the connectors. Each connector has only one correct orientation. Inserting a connector

in the wrong orientation may damage both devices connected by the cable.

• Do not touch the flat white cable inside the product.

• Do not move the print head by hand; this may damage the product.

• Do not put your hand inside the product while it is printing.

• Do not spill liquid on the product or use the product with wet hands.

394

• Do not use aerosol products that contain flammable gases inside or around the product. Doing so may

cause fire.

• Do not press too hard on the document table when placing originals.

• Do not open the scanner section while the product is copying, printing, scanning, or performing any

other functions.

• Be careful not to trap your fingers when closing the document cover or scanner.

• Except as specifically explained in your documentation, do not attempt to service or disassemble the

product yourself.

• Unplug the product and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following conditions: if

the power cord or plug is damaged; if liquid has entered the product; if the product has been dropped

or the case damaged; if the product does not operate normally or exhibits a distinct change in

performance. Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions.

• Leave the ink pack installed. Removing the ink pack can dehydrate the print head and may prevent the

product from printing.

• Before transporting the product, make sure that the print head is in the home (far right) position.

• When storing or transporting the product, do not tilt it, stand it on its side, or turn it upside down;

otherwise ink may leak.

• Do not attempt to move the product by yourself.

Parent topic: Important Safety Instructions

Ink Pack Safety Instructions

• Keep ink packs and maintenance boxes out of the reach of children and do not drink the ink.

• Be careful when you handle used ink packs; there may be ink remaining around the ink supply port. If

ink gets on your skin, wash it off with soap and water. If it gets in your eyes, flush them immediately

with water. If discomfort or vision problems continue after a thorough flushing, see a doctor

immediately. If ink gets in your mouth, see a doctor right away.

• Do not put your hand inside the product or touch the ink pack during printing.

• Install a new ink pack immediately after removing the expended one. Leaving the ink pack uninstalled

can dry out the print head and may prevent the product from printing.

• Do not remove or tear the label on the ink pack; this can cause leakage.

• Do not remove the transparent seal from the ink supply area. This may cause the ink pack to become

unusable.

• Do not touch the green IC chip on the side of the handle. This may prevent normal operation.

395

• Do not shake ink packs too vigorously; otherwise ink may leak.

• Use an ink pack before the date printed on its package.

• Do not disassemble an ink pack or a maintenance box. Ink may get in your eyes or on your skin.

• Store ink packs in a cool, dark place.

• After bringing an ink pack inside from a cold storage site, allow it to warm up at room temperature for

at least 12 hours before using it.

• Store ink packs with the bottom facing down.

Parent topic: Important Safety Instructions

Wireless Connection Safety Instructions

Radio waves from this product may adversely affect the operation of medical equipment or automatically

controlled devices, such as pacemakers, automatic doors or fire alarms. When using this product near

such devices or inside a medical facility, follow the directions from authorized staff members at the

facility, and follow all posted warnings and directions on the device to avoid causing an accident.

Parent topic: Important Safety Instructions

LCD Screen Safety Instructions

• Use only a dry, soft cloth to clean the LCD screen. Do not use liquid or chemical cleansers.

• If the LCD screen is damaged, contact Epson. If the liquid crystal solution gets on your hands, wash

them thoroughly with soap and water. If the liquid crystal solution gets into your eyes, flush them

immediately with water. If discomfort or vision problems remain after a thorough flushing, see a doctor

immediately.

• Do not press too hard on the LCD screen or subject it to heavy impacts.

• Do not use a pointy or sharp object, such as a pen or your fingernail, to operate the LCD screen.

• If the LCD screen chips or cracks, do not touch or attempt to remove the broken pieces; contact Epson

for support.

• Do not subject your product to sudden changes in temperature or humidity; this may cause

condensation to develop inside the LCD screen and degrade its performance.

Parent topic: Important Safety Instructions

396

Telephone Equipment Safety Instructions

When using telephone equipment, you should always follow basic safety precautions to reduce the risk

of fire, electric shock, and personal injury, including the following:

• Do not use the Epson product near water.

• Avoid using a telephone during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from

lightning.

• Do not use a telephone to report a gas leak in the vicinity of the leak.

Caution: To reduce the risk of fire, use only a No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord.

Parent topic: Important Safety Instructions

FCC Compliance Statement

For United States Users

This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the

Administrative Council for Terminal Attachments ("ACTA") . On the surface of this equipment is a label

that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If

requested, this number must be provided to the telephone company.

Applicable certification jack Universal Service Order Codes ("USOC") for the equipment: RJ11C.

A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must

comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant

telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a

compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details.

The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line.

Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming

call. In most but not all areas, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number

of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone

company. For products approved after July 23, 2001 , the REN for this product is part of the product

identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a

decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label.

If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in

advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But if advance notice isn't practical,

the telephone company will notify the customer as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your

right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary.

397

The telephone company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations or procedures that

could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens the telephone company will provide advance

notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service.

If you have problems with this product and require technical or customer support, please visit

www.epson.com for more information.

This product is not intended to be repaired by the customer. If you experience trouble connecting this

equipment to a telephone line, please contact:

Name: Epson America, Inc.

Address: 3840 Kilroy Airport Way, Long Beach, CA 90806 U.S.A.

Telephone: (562) 981-3840

If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you

disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved.

This equipment may not be used on coin service provided by the telephone company. Connection to

party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service

commission or corporation commission for information.

If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure the

installation of this equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what

will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer.

The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or

other electronic device, including fax machines, to send any message unless such message clearly

contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the

transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business or other entity, or other

individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business,

other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other

number for which charges exceed local or long-distance transmission charges.)

In order to program this information into your fax machine, click the link below for instructions on entering

fax header information.

According to the FCC's electrical safety advisory, we recommend that you may install an AC surge

arrester in the AC outlet to which this equipment is connected. Telephone companies report that

electrical surges, typically lightning transients, are very destructive to customer terminal equipment

connected to AC power sources and that this is a major nationwide problem.

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant

to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful

interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio

frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful

398

interference to radio or television reception. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not

occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause interference to radio and television

reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to

correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

WARNING

The connection of a non-shielded equipment interface cable to this equipment will invalidate the FCC

Certification or Declaration of this device and may cause interference levels which exceed the limits

established by the FCC for this equipment. It is the responsibility of the user to obtain and use a shielded

equipment interface cable with this device. If this equipment has more than one interface connector, do

not leave cables connected to unused interfaces. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by

the manufacturer could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

For Canadian Users

1. This product meets the applicable Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada technical

specifications.

2. The Ringer Equivalence Number indicates the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected

to a telephone interface. The termination of an interface may consist of any combination of devices

subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all the devices does not exceed five.

CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B)

Le présent produit est conforme aux spécifications techniques applicables d’Innovation, Sciences et

Développement économique Canada.

L’indice d’équivalence de la sonnerie (IES) sert à indiquer le nombre maximal de dispositifs qui peuvent

être raccordés à une interface téléphonique. La terminaison d’une interface peut consister en une

combinaison quelconque de dispositifs, à la seule condition que la somme des IES de tous les dispositifs

n’excède pas cinq.

CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B)

Parent topic: Notices

Related tasks

Using the Fax Setting Wizard

399

Binding Arbitration and Class Waiver

1. DISPUTES, BINDING INDIVIDUAL ARBITRATION, AND WAIVER OF CLASS ACTIONS AND

CLASS ARBITRATIONS

1.1 Disputes. The terms of this Section 1 shall apply to all Disputes between you and Epson. The term

"Dispute" is meant to have the broadest meaning permissible under law and includes any dispute, claim,

controversy or action between you and Epson arising out of or relating to this Agreement, Epson

branded products (hardware and including any related software), or other transaction involving you and

Epson, whether in contract, warranty, misrepresentation, fraud, tort, intentional tort, statute, regulation,

ordinance, or any other legal or equitable basis. "DISPUTE" DOES NOT INCLUDE IP CLAIMS, or more

specifically, a claim or cause of action for (a) trademark infringement or dilution, (b) patent infringement,

also agree, notwithstanding Section 1.6,that a court, not an arbitrator, may decide if a claim or cause of

action is for an IP Claim.

1.2 Binding Arbitration. You and Epson agree that all Disputes shall be resolved by binding arbitration

according to this Agreement. ARBITRATION MEANS THAT YOU WAIVE YOUR RIGHT TO A JUDGE

OR JURY IN A COURT PROCEEDING AND YOUR GROUNDS FOR APPEAL ARE LIMITED.

Pursuant to this Agreement, binding arbitration shall be administered by JAMS, a nationally recognized

arbitration authority, pursuant to its code of procedures then in effect for consumer related disputes, but

excluding any rules that permit joinder or class actions in arbitration (for more detail on procedure, see

Section 1.6 below). You and Epson understand and agree that (a) the Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C.

§1, et seq.) governs the interpretation and enforcement of this Section 1, (b) this Agreement

memorializes a transaction in interstate commerce, and (c) this Section 1 shall survive termination of this

Agreement.

1.3 Pre-Arbitration Steps and Notice. Before submitting a claim for arbitration, you and Epson agree to

try, for sixty (60) days, to resolve any Dispute informally. If Epson and you do not reach an agreement to

resolve the Dispute within the sixty (60) days), you or Epson may commence an arbitration. Notice to

Epson must be addressed to: Epson America, Inc., ATTN: Legal Department, 3840 Kilroy Airport Way,

Long Beach, CA 90806 (the "Epson Address"). The Dispute Notice to you will be sent to the most recent

address Epson has in its records for you. For this reason, it is important to notify us if your address

changes by emailing us at EAILegal@ea.epson.com or writing us at the Epson Address above. Notice of

the Dispute shall include the sender's name, address and contact information, the facts giving rise to the

Dispute, and the relief requested (the "Dispute Notice"). Following receipt of the Dispute Notice, Epson

and you agree to act in good faith to resolve the Dispute before commencing arbitration.

1.4 Small Claims Court. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may bring an individual action in the small

claims court of your state or municipality if the action is within that court's jurisdiction and is pending only

in that court.

400

1.5 WAIVER OF CLASS ACTIONS AND CLASS ARBITRATIONS. YOU AND EPSON AGREE THAT

EACH PARTY MAY BRING DISPUTES AGAINST THE OTHER PARTY ONLY IN AN INDIVIDUAL

CAPACITY, AND NOT AS A PLAINTIFF OR CLASS MEMBER IN ANY CLASS OR

REPRESENTATIVE PROCEEDING, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION FEDERAL OR STATE

CLASS ACTIONS, OR CLASS ARBITRATIONS. CLASS ACTION LAWSUITS, CLASS-WIDE

ARBITRATIONS, PRIVATE ATTORNEY-GENERAL ACTIONS, AND ANY OTHER PROCEEDING

WHERE SOMEONE ACTS IN A REPRESENTATIVE CAPACITY ARE NOT ALLOWED.

ACCORDINGLY, UNDER THE ARBITRATION PROCEDURES OUTLINED IN THIS SECTION, AN

ARBITRATOR SHALL NOT COMBINE OR CONSOLIDATE MORE THAN ONE PARTY'S CLAIMS

WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF ALL AFFECTED PARTIES TO AN ARBITRATION

PROCEEDING.

1.6 Arbitration Procedure. If you or Epson commences arbitration, the arbitration shall be governed by

the rules of JAMS that are in effect when the arbitration is filed, excluding any rules that permit arbitration

on a class or representative basis (the "JAMS Rules"), available at http://www.jamsadr.com or by calling

1-800-352-5267, and under the rules set forth in this Agreement. All Disputes shall be resolved by a

single neutral arbitrator, and both parties shall have a reasonable opportunity to participate in the

selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator is bound by the terms of this Agreement. The arbitrator, and not

any federal, state or local court or agency, shall have exclusive authority to resolve all disputes arising

out of or relating to the interpretation, applicability, enforceability or formation of this Agreement,

including any claim that all or any part of this Agreement is void or voidable. Notwithstanding this broad

delegation of authority to the arbitrator, a court may determine the limited question of whether a claim or

cause of action is for an IP Claim, which is excluded from the definition of "Disputes" in Section 1.1

above. The arbitrator shall be empowered to grant whatever relief would be available in a court under

law or in equity. The arbitrator may award you the same damages as a court could, and may award

declaratory or injunctive relief only in favor of the individual party seeking relief and only to the extent

necessary to provide relief warranted by that party's individual claim. In some instances, the costs of

arbitration can exceed the costs of litigation and the right to discovery may be more limited in arbitration

than in court. The arbitrator's award is binding and may be entered as a judgment in any court of

competent jurisdiction.

You may choose to engage in arbitration hearings by telephone. Arbitration hearings not conducted by

telephone shall take place in a location reasonably accessible from your primary residence, or in Orange

County, California, at your option.

a) Initiation of Arbitration Proceeding. If either you or Epson decides to arbitrate a Dispute, both parties

agree to the following procedure:

(i) Write a Demand for Arbitration. The demand must include a description of the Dispute and the amount

of damages sought to be recovered. You can find a copy of a Demand for Arbitration at

http://www.jamsadr.com ("Demand for Arbitration").

(ii) Send three copies of the Demand for Arbitration, plus the appropriate filing fee, to: JAMS, 500 North

State College Blvd., Suite 600 Orange, CA 92868, U.S.A.

401

(iii) Send one copy of the Demand for Arbitration to the other party (same address as the Dispute

Notice), or as otherwise agreed by the parties.

b) Hearing Format. During the arbitration, the amount of any settlement offer made shall not be disclosed

to the arbitrator until after the arbitrator determines the amount, if any, to which you or Epson is entitled.

The discovery or exchange of non-privileged information relevant to the Dispute may be allowed during

the arbitration.

c) Arbitration Fees. Epson shall pay, or (if applicable) reimburse you for, all JAMS filings and arbitrator

fees for any arbitration commenced (by you or Epson) pursuant to provisions of this Agreement.

d) Award in Your Favor. For Disputes in which you or Epson seeks $75,000 or less in damages exclusive

of attorney's fees and costs, if the arbitrator's decision results in an award to you in an amount greater

than Epson's last written offer, if any, to settle the Dispute, Epson will: (i) pay you $1,000 or the amount

of the award, whichever is greater; (ii) pay you twice the amount of your reasonable attorney's fees, if

any; and (iii) reimburse you for any expenses (including expert witness fees and costs) that your attorney

reasonably accrues for investigating, preparing, and pursuing the Dispute in arbitration. Except as

agreed upon by you and Epson in writing, the arbitrator shall determine the amount of fees, costs, and

expenses to be paid by Epson pursuant to this Section 1.6d).

e) Attorney's Fees. Epson will not seek its attorney's fees and expenses for any arbitration commenced

involving a Dispute under this Agreement. Your right to attorney's fees and expenses under Section

1.6d) above does not limit your rights to attorney's fees and expenses under applicable law;

notwithstanding the foregoing, the arbitrator may not award duplicative awards of attorney's fees and

expenses.

1.7 Opt-out. You may elect to opt-out (exclude yourself) from the final, binding, individual

arbitration procedure and waiver of class and representative proceedings specified in this

Agreement by sending a written letter to the Epson Address within thirty (30) days of your assent

to this Agreement (including without limitation the purchase, download, installation of the

Software or other applicable use of Epson Hardware, products and services) that specifies (i)

your name, (ii) your mailing address, and (iii) your request to be excluded from the final, binding

individual arbitration procedure and waiver of class and representative proceedings specified in

this Section 1. In the event that you opt-out consistent with the procedure set forth above, all

other terms shall continue to apply, including the requirement to provide notice prior to litigation.

1.8 Amendments to Section 1. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, you

and Epson agree that if Epson makes any future amendments to the dispute resolution procedure and

class action waiver provisions (other than a change to Epson's address) in this Agreement, Epson will

obtain your affirmative assent to the applicable amendment. If you do not affirmatively assent to the

applicable amendment, you are agreeing that you will arbitrate any Dispute between the parties in

accordance with the language of this Section 1 (or resolve disputes as provided for in Section 1.7, if you

timely elected to opt-out when you first assented to this Agreement).

402

1.9 Severability. If any provision in this Section 1 is found to be unenforceable, that provision shall be

severed with the remainder of this Agreement remaining in full force and effect. The foregoing shall not

apply to the prohibition against class or representative actions as provided in Section 1.5. This

means that if Section 1.5 is found to be unenforceable, the entire Section 1 (but only Section 1)

shall be null and void.

Parent topic: Notices

Trademarks

EPSON®is a registered trademark, EPSON Exceed Your Vision is a registered logomark, and Epson

ConnectTM is a trademark of Seiko Epson Corporation.

Epson iPrintTM and Remote PrintTM are trademarks of Seiko Epson Corporation.

Apple, App Store, AirPrint, AirPrint logo, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, Mac, macOS, and OS X are

trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

Google®is a registered trademark and AndroidTM, ChromebookTM, GmailTM, Google ChromeTM, Google

Cloud PrintTM, Google DriveTM, and Google PlayTM are trademarks of Google LLC.

Wi-Fi Direct®is a registered trademark of Wi-Fi Alliance®.

General Notice: Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be

trademarks of their respective owners. Epson disclaims any and all rights in those marks.

Parent topic: Notices

transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,

without the prior written permission of Seiko Epson Corporation. The information contained herein is

designed only for use with this Epson product. Epson is not responsible for any use of this information as

applied to other products.

Neither Seiko Epson Corporation nor its affiliates shall be liable to the purchaser of this product or third

parties for damages, losses, costs, or expenses incurred by purchaser or third parties as a result of:

accident, misuse, or abuse of this product or unauthorized modifications, repairs, or alterations to this

403

product, or (excluding the U.S.) failure to strictly comply with Seiko Epson Corporation's operating and

maintenance instructions.

Seiko Epson Corporation shall not be liable for any damages or problems arising from the use of any

options or any consumable products other than those designated as Original Epson Products or Epson

Approved Products by Seiko Epson Corporation.

Seiko Epson Corporation shall not be held liable for any damage resulting from electromagnetic

interference that occurs from the use of any interface cables other than those designated as Epson

approved Products by Seiko Epson Corporation.

This information is subject to change without notice.

libTIFF Software Acknowledgment

A Note Concerning Responsible Use of Copyrighted Materials

Default Delay Times for Power Management for Epson Products

Parent topic: Notices

libTIFF Software Acknowledgment

Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose

is hereby granted without fee, provided that (I) the above copyright notices and this permission notice

appear in all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of Sam Leffler and

Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or publicity relating to the software without the

specific, prior written permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS,

IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF

MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,

INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, OR ANY DAMAGES

WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER OR NOT

ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT

OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

Parent topic: Copyright Notice

404

A Note Concerning Responsible Use of Copyrighted Materials

Epson encourages each user to be responsible and respectful of the copyright laws when using any

Epson product. While some countries' laws permit limited copying or reuse of copyrighted material in

certain circumstances, those circumstances may not be as broad as some people assume. Contact your

legal advisor for any questions regarding copyright law.

Parent topic: Copyright Notice

Default Delay Times for Power Management for Epson Products

This product will enter sleep mode after a period of nonuse. This is to ensure that the product meets

Energy Star standards of energy efficiency. More energy savings can be achieved by setting the time to

sleep to a shorter interval.

Parent topic: Copyright Notice

7/18

CPD-55479R1

Table of Contents

Epson WF-M5799 User Manual

Related Manuals